<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=ST</id>
		<title>Makespace - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=ST"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Special:Contributions/ST"/>
		<updated>2026-05-29T20:49:57Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.22.6</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/3D_Printer</id>
		<title>Equipment/3D Printer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/3D_Printer"/>
				<updated>2013-11-27T13:25:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: added link to owner's user page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / 3D Printer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= News =&lt;br /&gt;
The new Makerbot Replicator 2X is now fully commissioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Persons trained on the UP! are allowed to use the Makerbot after reading the manual. https://s3.amazonaws.com/downloads.makerbot.com/replicator2x/MakerBot_Replicator_2X_User_Manual.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be aware of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Windows software is not working; use an SD card, download the Linux software onto your laptop, or use the Linux box near the printer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. SD cards have to be PHYSICALLY 2GB or smaller (formatting a big card small doesn't work). They also have to be formatted in FAT16 (mostly Linux machines do this most easily). There is a small card lying around near the printer, free to use. It's labelled &amp;quot;MAKESPACE&amp;quot;; please don't absent-mindedly take it away!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The bed is covered with Kapton tape. DO NOT use a knife to remove models (hand-applied force should be plenty). If it's stuck, let the bed cool down and try again. And if you damage the tape, LET THE OWNERS KNOW!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Summary =&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Up_3d_printer.jpg|thumb|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is our 3D printer. The 3-D printer is an UP! (a slightly older version of [http://www.coolcomponents.co.uk/catalog/plus-personal-portable-printer-p-644.html the device currently available]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a dedicated PC running win7 and UP! software. It can import STL design files from Google sketchup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the UP! 3D Printer =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 3D printer is an excellent tool for either making small parts, or rapid prototyping. At the same time it is an expensive tool with a (small) risk of injury and fire, so is very important you know how to use it to avoid damaging yourself and the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Owners are those nominally in charge of the equipment, organising its maintenance, training others to use it, and generally being a point of contact. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Owners of the 3D printer are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:SimonS|Simon Stirley]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Nickcadsoftuk|Nick Johnson]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Kim_SJ|Kim Spence-Jones]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Cvoth|Chris Voth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, problems or concerns around the 3D printer, these are the people to contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE 3D PRINTER IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/3D Printer/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the 3D Printer and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the 3D Printer Owners. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/3D Printer/Training|3D Printer Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 3D printer is a potentially dangerous piece of equipment which must only be operated by members who have received appropriate training and who take due care. The top things to always remember when using the 3D printer are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ONLY USE THE 3D PRINTER IF YOU HAVE READ RELEVANT SAFETY NOTES'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ONLY USE THE 3D PRINTER IF YOU HAVE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''NEVER LEAVE THE PRINTER RUNNING UNATTENDED'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a responsible user, you should be very aware of the following risks and how to deal with them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HEAD CRASH''' - incorrect calibration could cause the nozzle to hit the platen at job start&lt;br /&gt;
* Calibration must be carefully checked on each startup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TRAPPING''' - The head and bed of the machine are moved by programs in the machines memory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful when near the machine, it will possibly move even if the PC is off&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure you are familiar with the location of the power switch, to turn it off quickly should a problem occur&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BURN RISK''' - the platen on the printer is heated, and will reach temperatures during a print run which could cause skin burns. Also a malfunction could cause this to overheat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be careful when the machine is on, or has recently been used, to guard against burns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ELECTROCUTION''' - as with all mains powered devices there is a small risk of danger from exposed wires. Always do a manual check that the wiring is safe, no cores are exposed or wires trapped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the printer you must familiarise yourself with the safety notes above and read the following instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3d printer desktop.png|Desktop showing Up! software link|thumb|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Power Up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the machine a quick visual check. '''Make sure that there is nothing left on the platen.''' Remove the platen support piece from under the platen and gently lower it. '''Check the new material is feeding OK and the reel has enough on it'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine at the wall socket&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialise the machine - Open the 'Up!' software on the attached PC and double-click the software icon. Once it has loaded select '3D Print &amp;gt; Initialise' from the toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3d printer maint.png|Maintenance dialog|thumb|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Check calibration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation must be carried out to ensure the bed is level and has the height correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Firstly find the current value of the nozzle height in the print dialog. This is only accessible once you have a design loaded, so load a model in (there should always be some in the '3D Printer Training' folder on the desktop) and then select 'Print' from the toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the printhead height from this dialog (currently 139.1) and press cancel to abort&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the maintenance dialog (3D Print &amp;gt; Maintenance from toolbar) and set the head height to 20mm less than this height. Enter the value in the edit box and press 'To:' button&lt;br /&gt;
# Then move the bed closer to the expected value, in decreasing steps, until you reach the set height or the nozzle is going to hit the bed.  If you reach the specified height (currently 139.1mm) there should just about be room to get a piece of paper between the nozzle and the bed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once this has been checked you should drop the head to about '100' and then repeat the check at two other corners and the centre. When the platen is well below the head you can quickly go to the other locations using the FL/FR/NL/NR/Center buttons on the maintenance dialog&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Load your Design'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Import your model - press the 'Open' icon on the ribbon bar&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the placing and size of your model - the printer software is quite clever, but it may not choose the best orientation of complex shapes. You want the largest flat surface on the bottom, so that less support material is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3d printer startup dlg-crop.png|Print confirmation dialog|thumb|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download to the Printer'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When you are ready to print you can just press the 'Print' button on the ribbon bar&lt;br /&gt;
# Some calculations now take place and a popup box will appear with an estimate of how much material will be required as well as how long printing will take - please check 3D Printer Material Cost table and put your money in the honesty box&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Worried whether there's enough filament left for your job? As a rule of thumb, one turn of the material drum is about 1g of material.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are happy then make a note of the material weight and check the cost against the table below&lt;br /&gt;
# Press 'OK' to proceed&lt;br /&gt;
# Watch the magic happen ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''DO NOT EVER LEAVE THE PRINTER UNATTENDED'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Finishing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When the part is finished the printer will make several beeps - but of course you will be watching so you will be expecting that&lt;br /&gt;
# DO NOT TOUCH THE PLATEN YET ! It is usually very hot, and it is best to give it a few minutes at least&lt;br /&gt;
# When it has cooled a little then with care you can peel the part away from the platen&lt;br /&gt;
# The 'raft' which was built to produce the part on should then separate with a little effort, and possibly careful peeling with a blade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Power Down'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower the platen to its rest position before turning off. Do this from the maintenance dialog (3D Print &amp;gt; Maintenance from the toolbar) and press 'To Bottom'&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off the printer on the wall socket&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently lift the platen and put the platen support piece back underneath&lt;br /&gt;
# Shut down the PC and double check that everything is left in a safe and clean state for the next user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cost'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently we suggest to charge 10 pence per gram for prints, this is to cover the cost of material plus a little for wear and tear and other consumables. Please put your money into the blue labelled honesty box on the shelf above the printer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Maintenance =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maintenance of the 3D printer is carried out by the Owners, with some basic maintenance being carried out by Users on every job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Schedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Maintenance ('''Every job, done by all 3D Printer Users''')&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean the platen of any plastic remnants&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the new material is feeding OK and the reel has enough on it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic Maintenance (Every week, done by 3D Printer Maintainers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the security and condition of all cabling&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the platen coating and re-paint any areas if necessary (green paint is in a pot with the printer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Full Maintenance (Every 4 weeks, done by 3D Printer Maintainers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tasks as per Basic Maintenance, plus&lt;br /&gt;
* Strip coating off platen and re-paint with a fresh coat&lt;br /&gt;
* Calibration check, if issues have been reported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Log ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reactive Maintenance'''&lt;br /&gt;
* None&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Regular Maintenance'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week Number, Date, Type, Owner (Notes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2013&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 08,	February 18, Simon Stirley (Re-painted holes in platen coating)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 09,	February 25, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 10,	March 4, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11,	March 11, Simon Stirley (checked wiring, posted safety notice, re-painted platen holes)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12,	March 18, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 13,	March 25,&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 14,	April 1,''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 15,	April 8, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 16,	April 15,&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 17,	April 22, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 18,	April 29, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 19,	May 6, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 20,	May 13, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 21,	May 20, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 22,	May 27, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 23,	June 3, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 24,	June 10, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 25,	June 17, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 26,	June 24, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 27,	July 1, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 28,	July 8, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 29,	July 15, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 30,	July 22, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 31,	July 29, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 32,	August 5, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 33,	August 12,&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 34,	August 19, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 35,	August 26, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 36,	September 2, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 37,	September 9, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 38,	September 16, ''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 39,	September 23,&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 40,	September 30, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 41,	October 7, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 42,	October 14, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 43,	October 21,&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 44,	October 28, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 45,	November 4,&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 46,	November 11,'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 47,	November 18,&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 48,	November 25, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 49,	December 2, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Week 50,	December 9, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 51,	December 16, &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 52,	December 23, &lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Shopping List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further Information =&lt;br /&gt;
== Manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
The manual is installed in the machine attached to the printer and also available here: [http://makespace.org/wiki/images/5/5d/Up_plus_user_manual-v3.0.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repairs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We expect to have to change the following parts for general maintenance:&lt;br /&gt;
* TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintenance and Spares:&lt;br /&gt;
* One UK supplier of consumables is [http://www.coolcomponents.co.uk/catalog/consumables-c-89_98.html Cool Components]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Our printer has been modified to support solid 3mm ABS plastic sheets as the base. These are disposable; they have to be cut from the big sheet and drilled using the jig we have created. The bolted-down solid plastic dramatically reduces problems with warping, and it also saves time and material when printing: you should disable the automatic raft. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download Quickstart manual and latest driver software from [http://www.pp3dp.com/index.php?option=com_jdownloads&amp;amp;view=viewcategories&amp;amp;Itemid=89 pp3dp].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://sketchup.google.com/ Google SketchUp] with STL plugin as below&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.guitar-list.com/download-software/convert-sketchup-skp-files-dxf-or-stl This plugin] seems to work quite well. Use 'File/Export to DXF or STL' from Sketchup once you have installed it and select 'STL' as the last item in the type list when asked&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.netfabb.com/ NetFabb] repairs any incomplete STL files&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://meshlab.sourceforge.net/ Meshlab] is a good free program (Sourceforge) for visualising and modifying STL files&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.openscad.org/ OpenSCAD] is a script-based modeller ('3D compiler'), well-suited for technical CAD (less so for artistic design)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment"/>
				<updated>2013-11-27T13:20:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Related */ added link to OwnersPage&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Laser-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Laser_Cutter|Laser Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Makerbot-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/3D_Printer|3D Printer]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Roland-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill|CNC Model Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WP_20130509_005.jpg||thumb|320px|link=Equipment/CNC_Router|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lathe-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Lathe|Lathe]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Powertools-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Power_Tools|Power Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Electronics-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Electronics_Workbenches|Electronics Workbenches]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fine_metal_DSC_7694.jpg|thumb|320px|link=Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench|Fine metalwork Workbench]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103 92f52a697d c.jpg|thumb|320px|link=Equipment/Glassworking|Glassworking bench]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:300xq.PNG|thumb|320px|link=Equipment/VacuumFormer|Vacuum Former]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equipment you can find in Makespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using our Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a large and growing variety of equipment and tools; some are safe to use, some can be dangerous or are expensive and need training before use. We have divided all the tools below into [[Equipment/ToolClasses|Tool Classes]]. Make sure you understand which class a tool is in before you attempt to use it, and read the associated wiki page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[The right tool for the job]] has some notes on what tools to use for various tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smaller equipment is listed on the [[Things and stuff]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Workshop ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/BandSaw|BandSaw]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Router|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Drill_Presses|Drill Presses]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Grinder|Grinder]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Lathe|Lathe]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Metalwork Benches&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Equipment/MitreSawRage3Db|Mitre/Chop Saw]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Power_Tools|Power Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Sherline lathe|Sherline lathe]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Sherline mill|Sherline mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Woodwork Benches&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/WoodLathe|Woodworking Lathe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/3D_Printer|3D Printer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill|CNC Model Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Electronics_Workbenches|Electronics Workbenches]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench|Fine Metalwork Bench]] and [[Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill|Flexible Shaft Drill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Glassworking|Glassworking kiln, torch and associated tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Laser_Cutter|Laser Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/PCB_Mill|PCB Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.pattesters.co.uk/pat-testers/basic-pat-testers/seaward-primetest-100-pat-tester PrimeTest 100 PAT Tester]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/VacuumFormer|Vacuum Former]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Vinyl_Cutter|Vinyl Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* General Tools&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.machinemart.co.uk/shop/product/details/clarke-cht641-199-piece-diy-tool-kit-with-cant Clarke CHT641 199 Piece DIY Tool Kit With Cantilever Tool Box]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposals and Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Metal_Mill|CNC Metal Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Hand_Tools|Hand Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/PurchasedFromGrant]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Equipment/BandSaw]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Stained_Glass|Stained Glass]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/BicycleMaintain|Bicycle Maintenance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[OwnersPage|List of owners and their duties]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Full equipment database [http://makespace-equipment-db.herokuapp.com/ http://makespace-equipment-db.herokuapp.com/].&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure|Makespace Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/ToolClasses|Tool Classes]] - for safety and training requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/NewKit|New Kit]] - process for adding to our equipment inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://techtv.mit.edu/collections/ehs-videos/videos Introduction to Machine Shop Tools and Skills]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:50:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Wrapping up */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE GLASS KILN AND TORCH IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the glass kiln and torch and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training|Glassworking Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smell if there's any gas around (leak from the gas bottle)... If not:&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; (should occur at around 370 degrees Celsius, after around 45 minutes)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:50:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Preparation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE GLASS KILN AND TORCH IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the glass kiln and torch and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training|Glassworking Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smell if there's any gas around (leak from the gas bottle)... If not:&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:49:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Preparation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE GLASS KILN AND TORCH IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the glass kiln and torch and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training|Glassworking Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smell if there's any gas around...&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking/Training</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking/Training</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking/Training"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:48:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: Created page with &amp;quot;Equipment / Glassworking / Training  = Glassworking Training =  This page documents the process for being trained on the hot torch and glass kiln t...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Equipment]] / [[Equipment/Glassworking|Glassworking]] / Training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking Training =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page documents the process for being trained on the hot torch and glass kiln to make glass beads, and the list of members who have completed that training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training takes place in three main steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Group Training of 1-4 members, going through the equipment and how to use it (~1hr)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual Training Task, where an individual member is set a task to complete to prove and improve understanding (~30min each)&lt;br /&gt;
* Project Oversight, where more experienced users oversee the projects being undertaken when cutting (first 2-3 projects)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training on the Glassworking is run by the Glassworking Owners. The Glassworking Owners are a group of people responsible for maintaining and training on the glass kiln and torch, and hence have been trained to train, and trained to perform the weekly and monthly maintenance on the glass kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Booking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sessions are advertised on '''http://meetup.makespace.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing training, or requesting additional slots if needed, use the mailing list thread: [https://groups.google.com/d/topic/cammakespace/1yqeTSc8m6s/discussion Glass Kiln training]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can only be trained if you have your name allocated to a slot (groups will be restricted to three at a time, so please don't make up additional spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* You must do the group and individual training on the same day&lt;br /&gt;
* Until we've cleared the backlog, please consider other members, and only sign up for an induction when you actually have something in mind you want to make in the glass kiln, not just because you want to be trained on and able to use everything (don't worry, you ''will'' get trained eventually!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Trained Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are owners of the glassworking stuff, so are trained to use and teach use of Glassworking:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are trained and qualified to use the glass kiln and torch (note, they are not qualified to train others however):&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
* Roeland Schumacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Hannah Wray&lt;br /&gt;
* Indy Wilkhu&lt;br /&gt;
* J. Antonio Barragan&lt;br /&gt;
* ST&lt;br /&gt;
* Pop Sharma (ST, 09/10/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shareef Jalloq (ST, 09/10/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Armando Carlone (ST, 09/10/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Training Cheatsheet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The training structure and prompt sheet. Please note, this is used by the Glassworking Owners as a prompt to ensure training is executed in a consistent and complete fashion is included on this page; this does not constitute and is not a substitute for the training itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Group Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The group training introduction structure, suitable for 1-4 members at a time in a 1 hr session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glass Bead making inductions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Torch:&lt;br /&gt;
Three taps. Open all three to work with torch. Close all three after you finish. Do not overtighten or you’ll damage the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
1st tap: counterclockwise open. clockwise close (arrow embossed in tap)&lt;br /&gt;
2nd tap: clockwise open. counterclockwise close (label on tap)&lt;br /&gt;
3rd tap: counterclockwise open. clockwise close (direction inscribed in brass tap)&lt;br /&gt;
For safety, smell for leaking gas in case last person forgot to close the taps.&lt;br /&gt;
Post online and email owners when gas is running low.&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not reach over the flame or try to stand up while the flame is still turned on! – Make sure you have everything within reach before you start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
Kiln instructions booklet found in box below table.&lt;br /&gt;
For annealing, use program 1.&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful not to knock the thermocouple at the back of the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
Allow the bead to cool slightly before putting it in the kiln – if very hot glass touches kiln walls/shelf it can stick.&lt;br /&gt;
In annealing program, kiln cools at 222 degrees C/hr until shut off. Try to be around during shut off time. If you can’t, at least make sure that the kiln has completed its program before you head home for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add your own program under program 3. If you accidentally change settings for program 1 please re-enter settings for bead annealing as described in instructions book or let us know if you have problems. &lt;br /&gt;
Using kiln for fusing glass – go ahead if you know how to do it. If not, inductions will come later. Please only use glue suitable for kilns (eg. Superglue contains cyanide and will release cyanide gas). RapidFire Paper/Powders – wear gas masks and clean the kiln shelves outdoors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glass:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain compatibility of glass - COE and viscosity. Bullseye sells glass that is COE 90 compatible and not COE 90 compatible. Smaller brands selling COE 90 will advertise their glass as either Bullseye compatible (they’ve tested it), or just COE 90 (they haven’t tested it, but it’s probably ok).&lt;br /&gt;
If you use your own glass that is not Bullseye COE 90, please make sure it doesn’t get mixed up with the stock glass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstrate how to make a glass bead: http://www.wikihow.com/Make-Your-Own-Glass-Beads-from-Scratch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling hot glass rods away from the flame quickly will cause long tapers in the glass rod. Round off glass rods before putting them away as thin long ends of glass can snap off and leave a sharp point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thermoshock. Heat glass slowly and cool glass slowly to avoid thermoshock. Keep glass pointed away from you when you heat or cool glass. Make sure people watching are doing so far away or are seated behind you. If your rod gets bent while you are working with it, straighten it while it is hot before letting it cool and putting it away. This makes it easier to guess the direction the bits of glass will fly if it thermoshocks. Careful not to let your bead cool too much too quickly when you are working with it or it can thermoshock. – For the most part the penetration force of the bits of flying glass is low, but the glass can be sharp and hot, causing minor cuts and very small third degree burns. Clean any glass shards on floor with dustpan provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cutting glass. Place glass on flat surface. Use even pressure to score glass. Use glass breaker to apply pressure to the middle of the score line. Clean surface afterwards with damp kitchen towel to remove tiny glass shards that may be difficult to see by eye. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandrels:&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful as thin mandrels bend easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safety equipment:&lt;br /&gt;
Close covered shoes&lt;br /&gt;
Safety glasses to cut sodium flare&lt;br /&gt;
Safety glasses to look into hot kiln&lt;br /&gt;
Gloves for opening kiln door&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Costing:&lt;br /&gt;
See diagram on wall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Burns:&lt;br /&gt;
Use cold running water for 20min. If it’s really bad, wrap in cling film and go to hospital.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Useful articles to send to people who have been inducted:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.bullseyeglass.com/methods-ideas/index-of-articles.html&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.wikihow.com/Make-Your-Own-Glass-Beads-from-Scratch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individual Training Task ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual task to get familiar, prompt questions and check understanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Task&lt;br /&gt;
* make a bead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps&lt;br /&gt;
* Set individual to work, don't prompt but do answer questions (or pose if needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Talk through design once done, question/check things etc&lt;br /&gt;
* Proceed through making a bead (watch carefully all steps)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assuming all ok:&lt;br /&gt;
* Get them to read the health and safety notes about operation and materials&lt;br /&gt;
* Add to the trained member list!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Laser_Cutter/Training</id>
		<title>Equipment/Laser Cutter/Training</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Laser_Cutter/Training"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:43:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Training Cheatsheet */ typo fix&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Equipment|Equipment]] / [[Equipment/Laser_Cutter|Laser Cutter]] / Training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Laser Cutter Training =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page documents the process for being trained on the Laser Cutter, and the list of members who have completed that training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training takes place in three main steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Group Training of 1-4 members, going through the equipment and how to use it (~1hr)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual Training Task, where an individual member is set a task to complete to prove and improve understanding (~30min each)&lt;br /&gt;
* Project Oversight, where more experienced users oversee the projects being undertaken when cutting (first 2-3 projects)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training on the Laser Cutter is run by the Laser Cutter Owners. The Laser Cutter Owners are a group of people responsible for maintaining and training on the laser cutter, and hence have been trained to train, and trained to perform the weekly and monthly maintenance on the laser cutter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Booking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sessions are advertised on '''http://meetup.makespace.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing training, or requesting additional slots if needed, use the mailing list thread: [https://groups.google.com/d/topic/cammakespace/vNrS07zVuY0/discussion Training : Laser Cutter]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can only be trained if you have your name allocated to a slot (groups will be restricted to four at a time, so please don't make up additional spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* You must do the group and individual training on the same day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Trained Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are owners of the laser cutter, so are trained to use and teach use of the Laser Cutter:&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Ford&lt;br /&gt;
* David Barham&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Johnson&lt;br /&gt;
* Toby Moncaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are trained and qualified to use the Laser Cutter (note, they are not qualified to train others however):&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Upton (Simon Ford, 23/01/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin de Selincourt (Simon Ford, 23/01/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Oliver Jackson (Simon Ford, 23/01/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Stirley (Simon Ford, 01/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Stephen Woolhead (Simon Ford, 01/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin Levine (Simon Ford, 01/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Uwe Borowski (Simon Ford, 01/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Sewell (Simon Ford, 03/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Loughran (Simon Ford, 03/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* ST John (Simon Ford, 03/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Henry Gomersall (Simon Ford, 03/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Brian Corteil (Simon Ford, 05/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Wayne Keenan (Simon Ford, 05/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Dunn (Simon Ford, 05/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* David Knell (Simon Ford, 05/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Oinn (David Barham, 12/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Amir Chaudhry (David Barham, 12/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anil Madhavapeddy (David Barham, 12/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Edward Imhagwe (David Barham, 12/02/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Michael Dales (Simon Ford, 2/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Laura James (Simon Ford, 2/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Robert Copcutt (Simon Ford, 2/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Phil Cowans (Simon Ford, 2/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Errol McMullen (Simon Ford, 9/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Gaye Soykok (Simon Ford, 19/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Williamson (Simon Ford, 19/03/2013) &lt;br /&gt;
* Joe Tapply (Simon Ford, 19/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Dan Ros (Simon Ford, 19/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Paul Osborn (Simon Ford, 27/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* David Esteves (Simon Ford, 27/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Zé Pinto Ferreira (Simon Ford, 27/03/2013) &lt;br /&gt;
* Sharath (Simon Ford, 27/03/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Jude (Simon Ford, 5/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Mellors (Simon Ford, 5/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Abri (Simon Ford, 5/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Ingham (Simon Ford, 5/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrian van den Heever (David Barham, 11/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Voth (David Barham, 11/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Archie Reid (David Barham, 11/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rachel Rayns (David Barham, 11/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Giovanni Orlando (David Barham, 15/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chunhe Yu (Nicholas Johnson, 04/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Marko Cosic (Nicholas Johnson, 04/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Watson (Nicholas Johnson, 04/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Fisher (Nicholas Johnson, 02/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb (Nicholas Johnson, 02/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Haydn (Nicholas Johnson, 02/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrian Carr (Nicholas Johnson, 02/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* John Clamp (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maciek Piatek (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Antonio Barragan (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* John Sturdy (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Roeland Schumacher (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Tillotson (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ward Hills (Nicholas Johnson, 10/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Anne Harrison (Nicholas Johnson, 17/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* William Morton (Nicholas Johnson, 17/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ali (Nicholas Johnson, 17/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rod Williams (Nicholas Johnson, 17/05/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Toby Moncaster (Simon Ford, 30/5/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damien Guihen (David Barham, 08/06/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ben Evan (David Barham, 08/06/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jake Young (David Barham, 08/06/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shareef Jalloq (David Barham, 08/06/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow (David Barham, 08/06/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Dan Tidhar, (David Barham, 24/6/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mat Cook, (David Barham, 24/6/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Toby Roberts (David Barham, 24/6/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jonathan Austin (David Barham, 24/6/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Stacy Smith (David Barham, 13/8/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Matt Harvey (David Barham, 13/8/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Marcin (David Barham, 13/8/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* James Waldmeyer (David Barham, 18/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Wilson (David Barham, 18/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Kevin Maloney (David Barham, 18/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Harry Braviner (David Barham, 18/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lee (David Barham, 18/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jon Aas (Toby Moncaster, 24/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Armando Carlone (Toby Moncaster, 24/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Eckart Jack (Toby Moncaster, 24/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Pop Sharma (Toby Moncaster, 24/9/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Training Cheatsheet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The training structure and prompt sheet. Please note, this is used by the Laser Cutter Owners as a prompt to ensure training is executed in a consistent and complete fashion is included on this page; this does not constitute and is not a substitute for the training itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Group Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The group training introduction structure, suitable for 1-4 members at a time in a 1 hr session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction of main components&lt;br /&gt;
* Laser&lt;br /&gt;
* Cutting Mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Cooler System&lt;br /&gt;
* Filter&lt;br /&gt;
* PC&lt;br /&gt;
* Materials (what it can cut, supply)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Checks for everyone to do&lt;br /&gt;
* Check in use, looks ok&lt;br /&gt;
* Check water bath, temperature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Powering Up&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning on filter (Tick = ok, Warning = tell the owners, Cross = don't use it and tell the owners)&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning on Laser and warmup, what to do if doesn't power up&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning on PC and starting software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LaserCut Project walkthrough (using M+S+text keyring example)&lt;br /&gt;
* Package function, drawing, import file types&lt;br /&gt;
* Bed dimensions&lt;br /&gt;
* Paths, yellow dots, 'united' shapes&lt;br /&gt;
* Blue dot, Immediate mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Layers and colours&lt;br /&gt;
* Through cut, surface cut and engraving, speeds and strengths&lt;br /&gt;
* Various steps to build keyring design (shapes, text, uniting, layers, alignment, scaling, layers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Job ordering &lt;br /&gt;
* Saving&lt;br /&gt;
* Download as immediate, delete, download current&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Operation&lt;br /&gt;
* Lid&lt;br /&gt;
* Control panel, escape&lt;br /&gt;
* Moving head XY, indicator laser, datum&lt;br /&gt;
* Moving Z&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus&lt;br /&gt;
* Start position and test&lt;br /&gt;
* Start, pause and emergency stop function&lt;br /&gt;
* Do job, pause/open lid, restart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Hazards&lt;br /&gt;
* Process and progression for normal operation failure (fire) - pause, open, move, CO2 &lt;br /&gt;
* Process for abnormal operation failure (mechanical/jam) - emergency stop, open, move, CO2&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensure confident of process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power Down&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch off laser&lt;br /&gt;
* Switch off filtration&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean any residue from the bed or bottom tray&lt;br /&gt;
* Close lid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individual Training Task ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual task to get familiar, prompt questions and check understanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Task&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a personalised focus tool&lt;br /&gt;
* Square acrylic of appropriate size&lt;br /&gt;
* Member's name, &amp;quot;Focus Tool&amp;quot;, keychain hole&lt;br /&gt;
* Should use full cut, surface cut, engrave&lt;br /&gt;
* Should demonstrate all steps, size, appropriate ordering, positioning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps&lt;br /&gt;
* Set individual to work, don't prompt but do answer questions (or pose if needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Talk through design once done, question/check things etc&lt;br /&gt;
* Proceed to lasering (watch carefully all steps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask to stop job/restart, question escalation process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assuming all ok:&lt;br /&gt;
* Get them to read the health and safety notes about operation and materials&lt;br /&gt;
* Add to the trained member list!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Oversight ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For next 2-3 projects, ensure member will find another more experienced trained user to support them (second pair of eyes)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:42:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE GLASS KILN AND TORCH IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the glass kiln and torch and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Glassworking/Training|Glassworking Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:26:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Training */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trained users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
* Roeland Schumacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Hannah Wray&lt;br /&gt;
* Indy Wilkhu&lt;br /&gt;
* J. Antonio Barragan&lt;br /&gt;
* S.T.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pop Sharma&lt;br /&gt;
* Shareef Jalloq&lt;br /&gt;
* Armando Carlone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-10T12:25:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Owners */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Renee Chow&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:ST|ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trained users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
Roeland Schumacher&lt;br /&gt;
Hannah Wray&lt;br /&gt;
Indy Wilkhu&lt;br /&gt;
J. Antonio Barragan&lt;br /&gt;
S.T.&lt;br /&gt;
Pop Sharma&lt;br /&gt;
Shareef Jalloq&lt;br /&gt;
Armando Carlone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-09T20:35:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: add list of trained users&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Renee Chow]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trained users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
Roeland Schumacher&lt;br /&gt;
Hannah Wray&lt;br /&gt;
Indy Wilkhu&lt;br /&gt;
J. Antonio Barragan&lt;br /&gt;
S.T.&lt;br /&gt;
Pop Sharma&lt;br /&gt;
Shareef Jalloq&lt;br /&gt;
Armando Carlone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-09T20:34:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Owners */ update list of owners&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Renee Chow]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:ST]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-10-09T20:27:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IdLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;CpLt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
#*** From IdLE press START (the left button) Use the Up Arrow (not the Down Arrow) to select a firing program - in this case Program 1 for annealing glass beads. Press start until the kiln starts displaying the temperature of the kiln. The clicking noise is normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-08-30T14:29:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: add link back to Equipment page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment]] / Glassworking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;Cplt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router/Training</id>
		<title>Equipment/CNC Router/Training</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router/Training"/>
				<updated>2013-08-29T21:22:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Trained Users */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Equipment|Equipment]] / [[Equipment/CNC_Router|CNC Router]] / Training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= CNC Router Training =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page documents the process for being trained on the CNC Router, and the list of members who have completed that training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training takes place in three main steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Group Training of 1-4 members, going through the equipment and how to use it (~1hr)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual Training Task, where an individual member is set a task to complete to prove and improve understanding (~30min each)&lt;br /&gt;
* Project Oversight, where more experienced users oversee the projects being undertaken when cutting (first 2-3 projects)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training on the CNC Router is run by the CNC Router Owners. The CNC Router Owners are a group of people responsible for maintaining and training on the CNC Router, and hence have been trained to train, and trained to perform the weekly and monthly maintenance on the CNC Router.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Booking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sessions are advertised on '''http://meetup.makespace.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing training, or requesting additional slots if needed, use the mailing list thread: [https://groups.google.com/d/topic/cammakespace/0aNnAEGF-5U/discussion Training : CNC Router ]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can only be trained if you have your name allocated to a slot (groups will be restricted to four at a time, so please don't make up additional spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* You must do the group and individual training on the same day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Trained Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are owners of the CNC Router, so are trained to use and teach use of the Router:&lt;br /&gt;
*Stephen Woolhead&lt;br /&gt;
*Chris Abri&lt;br /&gt;
*Mark Mellors&lt;br /&gt;
*Dave Ansell&lt;br /&gt;
*David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are trained and qualified to use the CNC Router (note, they are not qualified to train others however):&lt;br /&gt;
* Paul Osborn (Stephen Woolhead 1/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrian Carr (Stephen Woolhead 1/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tobias Roberts (Stephen Woolhead 1/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Damien Guihen (Mark Mellors 3/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Kelly (Mark Mellors 3/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Milosch Meriac (Chris Abri 3/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Jake Young (Chris Abri 3/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin de Selincourt (Chris Abri 3/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* J. Antonio Barragan (Chris Abri 8/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Toby Moncaster (Chris Abri 8/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shareef Jalloq (Chris Abri 8/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Josh Keeler (Mark Mellors 9/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Marko Cosic (Mark Mellors 9/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Diana Probst (Mark Mellors 9/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ben Evans (Stephen Woolhead 9/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rachel Rayns (Stephen Woolhead 9/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mat Cook (Stephen Woolhead 9/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Roeland Schumacher (Chris Abri 11/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* James Waldmeyer (Chris Abri 11/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Mottram (Chris Abri 11/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajith Shadakshari (Mark Mellors 18/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Tillotson (Mark Mellors 18/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ben Alper (Mark Mellors 18/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Indy Wilkhu (Chris Abri 25/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Matthew Ireland (Chris Abri 25/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Pop Sharma (Chris Abri 25/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Nick Johnson (David Bebb 30/05/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Brian Corteil (David Bebb 30/07/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Dan Tidhar (David Bebb 30/07/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ward Hills (David Bebb 30/07/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Kevin Maloney (Mark Mellors 18/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Lipson (Mark Mellors 18/7/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Wilson (Mark Mellors 1/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Richard Mitchell (Mark Mellors 1/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrian van den Heever (Mark Mellors 1/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Benyahmin Kidder (Chris Abri 8/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Dunn (Chris Abri 8/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Robert Hoff (Chris Abri 8/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Edward Imhagwe (Mark Mellors 15/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Lewis Williams (Mark Mellors 15/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Vincent Sanders (Mark Mellors 15/8/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Fisher (Mark Mellors 22/08/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* Daniel Garden (Mark Mellors 22/08/13)&lt;br /&gt;
* ST John (Mark Mellors 29/08/13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Training Cheat sheet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The training structure and prompt sheet. Please note, this is used by the CNC Router Owners as a prompt to ensure training is executed in a consistent and complete fashion is included on this page; this does not constitute and is not a substitute for the training itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Group Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The group training introduction structure, suitable for 1-4 members at a time in a 1 hr session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction/walk around'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Extraction&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Cooler system&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine Bed&lt;br /&gt;
* Router – Collets - Cutters (Mention 50p for maintenance costs if using Makespace Cutters)&lt;br /&gt;
* Gantry/Moving Parts&lt;br /&gt;
* PC &amp;amp; Software Locations&lt;br /&gt;
* Material Storage&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand controller -[[Equipment/CNC_Router/Hand_Controller|Hand Controller Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Health &amp;amp; Safety'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Risks&lt;br /&gt;
* Dust&lt;br /&gt;
* Noise&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire&lt;br /&gt;
* Trapping&lt;br /&gt;
* Burns&lt;br /&gt;
* Loss of Limb or Digit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PPE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ear Defenders&lt;br /&gt;
* Safety Goggles&lt;br /&gt;
* Common Sense Hat!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Machine Startup &amp;amp; Positioning'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Check handset is attached properly&lt;br /&gt;
* Power up main switch&lt;br /&gt;
* Check Water Pump&lt;br /&gt;
* Check extractor is functional and not full&lt;br /&gt;
* Check handset says “Datum?” (if not, reset E.Stop)&lt;br /&gt;
* Click “OK” ensuring no obstructions. (Machine will go to X0 Y0 Z+Max)&lt;br /&gt;
* Check spindle is safe and functioning correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Job Setup – Demo piece'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Workholding, Clamping and work positioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Tool Selection &amp;amp; Collet sizes&lt;br /&gt;
* Zero work&lt;br /&gt;
* Load G-Code directly onto USB stick from PC(no sub-directories)&lt;br /&gt;
* Place USB stick into Hand Controller&lt;br /&gt;
* Select and run job at desired feedrates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do Not Leave The Machine Unattended While Running A Job! However Long It Takes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individual Training Task ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual task to get familiar, prompt questions and check understanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Task&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a.....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps&lt;br /&gt;
* Set individual to work, don't prompt but do answer questions (or pose if needed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Talk through design once done, question/check things etc&lt;br /&gt;
* Proceed to routing (watch carefully all steps)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask to stop job/restart, question escalation process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assuming all ok:&lt;br /&gt;
* Get them to read the health and safety notes about operation and materials&lt;br /&gt;
* Add to the trained member list!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Oversight ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For next 2-3 projects, ensure member will find another more experienced trained user to support them (second pair of eyes)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-08-12T11:42:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* How to make glass beads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn on at the manual switch; wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;Cplt&amp;quot; press Start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#** press Review; if it shows #1, then simply press Start twice&lt;br /&gt;
#** if it shows some other number, consult the manual how to start Programme 1! [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out, so you don't have to bend over the hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; the kiln heats up pretty quickly, so you should be able to start working on the glass bead already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each bead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* pull out the mandrel without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two 'outer' valves open counter-clockwise, but the 'middle' valve opens ''clockwise''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# Dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if applicable, straighten rod out again before putting away (so the direction of thermoshock is predictable)&lt;br /&gt;
# Gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits around the hole of the bead&lt;br /&gt;
# Things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to marble/'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color&lt;br /&gt;
#** if glass remains stuck to the mandrel, get it red hot and dip into the water bucket; repeat as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass [to be expanded]&lt;br /&gt;
# When done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red; turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* make sure ''not'' to touch the walls, and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When all the beads are in the kiln:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the Skip Segment button, and then Start&lt;br /&gt;
# Stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Leave mandrels in for another few hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant when using the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* Wash the beads to get the bead release off the inside&lt;br /&gt;
** there are [these things with teeth on] to scratch off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too (for big holes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-07-30T11:38:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* How tos */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Do not use the equipment if you have not been inducted!'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* turn on, wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;Cplt&amp;quot; press start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#* press Review, if it's #1 then fine, press start and start again&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it. Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out so you don't have to bend over hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
# let kiln get hot enough -- final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; you can already start working on the glass bead before it's reached its final temperature of course...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two valves on the bottle open clockwise; the valve on the flame opens counterclockwise&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle, and pull out the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if needed, straighten rod out again before putting away&lt;br /&gt;
# gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits&lt;br /&gt;
# things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to 'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color (dip into water bucket, if needed after getting red hot again, to remove glass stuck to the mandrel)&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass&lt;br /&gt;
# when done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red, turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't touch the walls and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall&lt;br /&gt;
# repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;skip segment&amp;quot;: press &amp;quot;Down&amp;quot;[?] button, and then &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; once&lt;br /&gt;
# stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# leave mandrels in for another several hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
* take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant for the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* wash the beads to get the bead release off&lt;br /&gt;
* there are [these things with teeth on] to remove the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too; at least for big holes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-07-30T11:38:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* How to make glass beads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* turn on, wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear. If it says &amp;quot;Cplt&amp;quot; press start once.&lt;br /&gt;
#* use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#* press Review, if it's #1 then fine, press start and start again&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it. Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# get everything (mandrels, tools, water bucket, glass) ready and laid out so you don't have to bend over hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
# let kiln get hot enough -- final firing temperature is ~530 degrees; you can already start working on the glass bead before it's reached its final temperature of course...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* the two valves on the bottle open clockwise; the valve on the flame opens counterclockwise&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't put the lighter directly in front of the nozzle, but slightly below/to the side&lt;br /&gt;
#* adjust gas flow so it doesn't sputter but doesn't have a loud &amp;quot;windy&amp;quot; noise either&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle, and pull out the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# dry bead release &amp;amp; heat mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# heat tip of glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is just at the tip of the bright blue (inner) cone&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters (thermoshock) -- point rod away from you and other people!&lt;br /&gt;
#* if needed, straighten rod out again before putting away&lt;br /&gt;
# gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly (where there isn't any bead release)!&lt;br /&gt;
#* create overhang to prevent pointy bits&lt;br /&gt;
# things you can do with the bead:&lt;br /&gt;
#* add little splinters of glass (put on metal table, scoop back into tube afterwards)&lt;br /&gt;
#* use the thin glass rods to draw lines and shapes&lt;br /&gt;
#* use a thin mandrel to 'paint' (e.g. spirals) between glasses of different color (dip into water bucket, if needed after getting red hot again, to remove glass stuck to the mandrel)&lt;br /&gt;
#* e.g. silver foil to change color of glass&lt;br /&gt;
# when done, move bead to colder part of flame till it's no longer glowing red, turn off the flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't touch the walls and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall&lt;br /&gt;
# repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;skip segment&amp;quot;: press &amp;quot;Down&amp;quot;[?] button, and then &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; once&lt;br /&gt;
# stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# leave mandrels in for another several hours (the next morning if you worked in the evening) so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
* take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant for the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* wash the beads to get the bead release off&lt;br /&gt;
* there are [these things with teeth on] to remove the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too; at least for big holes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/User:LethaHahn</id>
		<title>User:LethaHahn</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/User:LethaHahn"/>
				<updated>2013-07-30T11:29:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: spam deleted&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/User:FideliaBl</id>
		<title>User:FideliaBl</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/User:FideliaBl"/>
				<updated>2013-07-30T11:29:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: spam deleted&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-07-25T12:02:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* How to */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How tos =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* turn on, wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear&lt;br /&gt;
#* use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO which buttons to press in which order!&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it. Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# get everything (mandrels, tools, glass) ready and laid out so you don't have to bend over hot flame to fetch it later&lt;br /&gt;
# wait till kiln is hot enough&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glassworking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO which way the valves work etc., where to put the lighter&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle, and pull out the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# sit on the small stool, resting your elbows on your legs; rest the mandrel on your little finger, and use thumb and index finger to rotate it&lt;br /&gt;
# dry mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
# heat glass rod evenly&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters -- point rod away from you and other people&lt;br /&gt;
#* the hottest part of the flame is [TODO]&lt;br /&gt;
# gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* the glass rod should be in the hottest part of the flame, the mandrel slightly further away&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- this will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not let the glass touch the mandrels directly!&lt;br /&gt;
# when done, turn off flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* don't touch the walls and especially not the thermocouple at the back wall&lt;br /&gt;
# repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wrapping up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;skip segment&amp;quot;: press button [TODO]&lt;br /&gt;
# stick around till the cooling process has finished, and the kiln returns to &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# turn off kiln, and add note saying it's still hot (which it is!)&lt;br /&gt;
# leave mandrels in for another [several hours] so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# don't forget to pick up your beads later to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then:&lt;br /&gt;
* take the forceps from the toolbox to grip the mandrel (not the glassbead), and grip the bead with your other hand and rotate&lt;br /&gt;
** take care not to bend the mandrel! this is particularly relevant for the thin mandrels&lt;br /&gt;
* wash the beads to get the bead release off&lt;br /&gt;
* there are [these things with teeth on] to remove the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
** using a shoestring might work, too; at least for big holes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment</id>
		<title>Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment"/>
				<updated>2013-07-25T11:52:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: moved Model Mill from Workshop to Space&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Laser-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Laser_Cutter|Laser Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Makerbot-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/3D_Printer|3D Printer]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Roland-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill|CNC Model Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WP_20130509_005.jpg||thumb|320px|link=Equipment/CNC_Router|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lathe-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Lathe|Lathe]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Powertools-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Power_Tools|Power Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Electronics-thumb.jpg|framed|link=Equipment/Electronics_Workbenches|Electronics Workbenches]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fine_metal_DSC_7694.jpg|thumb|320px|link=Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench|Fine metalwork Workbench]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103 92f52a697d c.jpg|thumb|320px|link=Equipment/Glassworking|Glassworking bench]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:300XQ.jpg|thumb|320px|link=Equipment/VacuumFormer|Vacuum Former]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equipment you can find in Makespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using our Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a large and growing variety of equipment and tools; some are safe to use, some can be dangerous or are expensive and need training before use. We have divided all the tools below into [[Equipment/ToolClasses|Tool Classes]]. Make sure you understand which class a tool is in before you attempt to use it, and read the associated wiki page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smaller equipment is listed on the [[Things and stuff]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Workshop ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Router|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Drill_Presses|Drill Presses]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Laser_Cutter|Laser Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Lathe|Lathe]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Metalwork Benches&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Power_Tools|Power Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Woodwork Benches&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Grinder|Grinder]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/VacuumFormer|Vacuum Former]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/3D_Printer|3D Printer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill|CNC Model Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Vinyl_Cutter|Vinyl Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Electronics_Workbenches|Electronics Workbenches]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench|Fine Metalwork Bench]] and [[Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill|Flexible Shaft Drill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Glassworking|Glassworking kiln, torch and associated tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.pattesters.co.uk/pat-testers/basic-pat-testers/seaward-primetest-100-pat-tester PrimeTest 100 PAT Tester]&lt;br /&gt;
* General Tools&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.machinemart.co.uk/shop/product/details/clarke-cht641-199-piece-diy-tool-kit-with-cant Clarke CHT641 199 Piece DIY Tool Kit With Cantilever Tool Box]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposals and Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Metal_Mill|CNC Metal Mill]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Hand_Tools|Hand Tools]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Full equipment database [http://makespace-equipment-db.herokuapp.com/ http://makespace-equipment-db.herokuapp.com/].&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure|Makespace Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/ToolClasses|Tool Classes]] - for safety and training requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/NewKit|New Kit]] - process for adding to our equipment inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://techtv.mit.edu/collections/ehs-videos/videos Introduction to Machine Shop Tools and Skills]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-07-23T15:34:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* How to make glass beads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* turn on, wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear&lt;br /&gt;
#* use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO which buttons to press in which order!&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it. Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# get everything ready&lt;br /&gt;
# wait till kiln is hot enough&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO which way the valves work etc., where to put the lighter&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle, and pull out the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# dry mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO how to hold mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
# heat glass&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters -- hold away&lt;br /&gt;
# gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
# when done, turn off flame and insert mandrel into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
# repeat as needed for as many mandrels as fit into the kiln&lt;br /&gt;
# skip segment&lt;br /&gt;
# stick around till the cooling is below the annealing temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# turn off kiln, add note saying it's still hot&lt;br /&gt;
# leave mandrels in for another [several hours] so they can cool down to room temperature&lt;br /&gt;
# don't forget to pick up your beads to make space for other people!&lt;br /&gt;
# TODO tips &amp;amp; tricks for how to get beads off mandrel and what to do with them then&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking</id>
		<title>Equipment/Glassworking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Glassworking"/>
				<updated>2013-07-23T15:32:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: added section with step-by-step instructions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8633913103_92f52a697d_c.jpg|thumb|320px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Glassworking - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kiln and hot torch to work with soft glass - fusing and forming rather than blowing although if there's interest in the latter let us know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomoinn|Tom Oinn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Glassworking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Glassworking involves both sharp, fragile raw materials and extreme heat. Most risks are obvious - sharp glass can cut you, and the hot torch and kiln can both burn. There are, however, a few non-obvious risks to be aware of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When working with the flame your glass will be glowing red hot or hotter, but very shortly after you put a rod down to work with something else the glass will cool to be visually indistinguishable from glass at room temperature. It may at this point still be hundreds of degrees centigrade! Do not pick anything up while someone is working at the torch without asking, you like your skin and want to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Glass rods can stress-crack at the tip when heated. Point rods away from you and always wear eye protection - the glass won't travel far but you don't want it in your eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# When using the kiln you will have to leave it to cool, unless you plan to be in the space for ten hours straight. Please leave some appropriate indication that the kiln is hot!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other risks will be covered during training - working with hot glass is perfectly safe as long as basic procedures are followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our kiln is a Paragon SC2 kiln with an included bead door and window. This kiln includes a controller capable of multi-step programs with controlled rate heat up and cool down cycles. It has a maximum temperature of 1100 degrees centigrade, enough to fire some metal clays and work with most kinds of glass, but not enough to act as a metal furnace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the kiln we have a HotHead gas torch, along with the appropriate connection kit to run off bulk Propane gas rather than the normal MAPP cylinders (these burn slightly hotter, but are much more expensive as they're not available in larger quantities). The torch is mounted on a height and angle adjustable stand suitable for bead work when sitting on the low stool that should be lurking around the glassworking station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead working we have a variety of mandrels, bead release that can be cooked in the flame and a wedge shaped graphite marver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For art glass and strip-work we have a set of cutting tools along with a slump mould for making very small (9x9cm) glass plates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that these tools remain exclusively used for glass, please resist the temptation to use the cutters, pliers etc for other materials!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Glass Stock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a selection of glass rod, sheet, stringer and frit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large pots of glass are bought as a random selection for about ten pounds per pot, they consist of offcuts of bullseye COE90 (coefficient of expansion, only important in as much as all glass in a particular piece should have the same number to prevent explosions!) in various thicknesses. Bullseye COE90 glass will tend to form 6mm thick sheets due to surface tension so stack your strip-work to that height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to this we have a small amount of specific colours of bullseye COE90 glass currently in clear 9x9cm sheets and larger plates of Makespace colours. We can buy at a discount from a couple of online suppliers even when ordering small quantities (a side effect of buying all the kiln and other hardware in one go!) so post to the list of you want anything in particular and we can order it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For bead making we have a set of clear and a set of mixed coloured COE90 rods, along with tubes of frit and a selection of random stringer (1mm thick rod) glass for decoration. Prices for these are TBD, but will be printed on a sheet near the glassworking station when determined (something in the order of a pound per full rod, that would work out as around 20-40p per medium size bead, each of which would take about half an hour to make).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Location ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glassworking kit is in the corner of the main workshop nearest the stairs up to the cafe. Please keep work to the area covered by the steel sheeting - we're not working with enough material to cause a serious problem otherwise but it helps keep everything tidy. As it currently stands the station is only suitable for one person, or two if both are working together. It would be asking for trouble to try to have someone using the table to cut glass at the same time as someone was working with the torch, so please don't!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scheduling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike many pieces of equipment in Makespace the kiln requires a considerable amount of uninterrupted time to run. We don't have a formal booking system in place, so for now I suggest you email the list if you propose to use it. For example, if you're doing bead work you will be spending between half an hour and two hours (depending on how many you're making) using the hot torch, with beads being placed in the kiln at a holding temperature while the others are worked in the flame, then running an annealing cycle which will cool down under computer control for a couple of hours, then cooling to ambient before the kiln becomes available for other users. It should be possible to get two runs in a day, as long as the first is done in the morning, but no more than that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the kiln is a model which should be possible to leave unattended please ensure you can be in the space for the duration of its active firing cycle - it's fine to leave once the heating elements are off and the kiln is cooling to ambient but for now please hang around while it's actually firing. We may be able to revisit this at some point after it's had a track record of not bursting into flames etc etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to make glass beads ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt, consult the Kiln manual(s), and/or speak to one of the owners (or other trained users)!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Fire up kiln&lt;br /&gt;
#* turn on, wait for &amp;quot;IDLE&amp;quot; to appear&lt;br /&gt;
#* use Programme 1&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO which buttons to press in which order!&lt;br /&gt;
# Get bead release to correct consistency&lt;br /&gt;
#* The bead release dries out over time. If it is too thick and lumpy you need to add water to it. Screw on the lid and shake the bead release well to get rid of all the lumps. It should be the consistency of a thick smoothie.&lt;br /&gt;
# get everything ready&lt;br /&gt;
# wait till kiln is hot enough&lt;br /&gt;
# turn on flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* ...&lt;br /&gt;
# Coat the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* tilt the bottle before you dip&lt;br /&gt;
#* dip only once, turn the mandrel while it is still in the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle, and pull out the mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* without touching the sides of the bottle&lt;br /&gt;
# dry mandrel in flame&lt;br /&gt;
#* TODO how to hold mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
# heat glass&lt;br /&gt;
#* beware of splinters -- hold away&lt;br /&gt;
# gently roll molten glass onto mandrel&lt;br /&gt;
#* do not apply any significant force -- will pull off the bead release&lt;br /&gt;
# when done, insert into kiln&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to fuse glass together ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other uses of the Kiln ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench</id>
		<title>Equipment/Fine metalwork bench</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench"/>
				<updated>2013-07-23T15:27:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Consumables and Stock (to pay by use) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Fine metalwork bench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--[[File:fine_metalwork_bench.jpg|thumb|460px|right]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fine_metal_DSC_7694.jpg|thumb|460px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the fine metalwork bench - General =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bench and hand tools for fine non-ferrous metalwork, e.g. for silver jewelry-scale making.  We also have a [[Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill|Flexible Shaft Drill]] at the same bench. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Owners==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:PeterS|Peter Sewell]], Matt Pendlebury&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trained==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AH, HW, STJ, MP, AJ, DT, AC, WYRC, JAB, JK, PS, RS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Fine Metalwork Hand Tools and Silver Soldering]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch and gas canisters (standard lighter gas) should be kept in the flammable stock cupboard in the workshop when not in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch should only be refilled in the open air, as there can be gas leakage in the process.  It should only be used at the hot-working bench above the insulated sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pickle is a mild corrosive, and hot items should not be dropped directly into it or else there may be splashes that could cause eye damage.  The pickle should not be warmed except in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Avoiding Tool Damage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is vital to '''avoid contamination of the tools for fine metalworking''' (on silver, copper, or titanium) with particles of iron, steel, aluminium, or lead, otherwise pieces can be ruined when they are soldered.  Accordingly, '''this bench and the fine metalworking tools must not be used on any materials except silver, copper, titanium, or gold''': especially not for steel, iron, aluminium, or lead. Some brass alloys are leaded; other brasses are ok.  Wood and plastics are ok in moderation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the tools have '''polished or machined surfaces that are easily damaged''', e.g. the planishing hammer, triblet, and bench block.  These must not be used for hitting anything other than silver, copper, or titanium (especially, do not use the planishing hammer for hitting a punch, and take great care when hammering something on the triblet or bench block not to let the hammer come in contact with those).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important '''not to contaminate one grade of abrasive with another''': particles of coarse abrasive on a fine polishing wheel can scratch a piece heavily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the fine metalworking tools must be put away in the right place (the correct drawer of the grey filing cabinet, as labelled) after use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consumables and Stock (to pay by use)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We keep a small amount of silver and copper stock for people to get started with  (copper behaves a lot like silver, so is good for practicing). &lt;br /&gt;
If you use any of the following, please '''(a)''' write in the&lt;br /&gt;
fine-metalworking stock book the thing and the amount you've used, your name, and the cost, and&lt;br /&gt;
'''(b)''' put the cost in the MakeSpace cashbox.  If we're close to running out, please let the owners know.  The prices below are designed to just break even, ''not'' make a profit.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to buy your own stock or tools, UK suppliers include Cookson [http://www.cooksongold.com/], Sutton Tools [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/] and HS Walsh [http://www.hswalsh.com].  It might well be worth clubbing together with other people to get volume discounts and share shipping.  Copper and brass sheet can also be found at &lt;br /&gt;
Mackay's in Cambridge [http://www.mackay.co.uk/Metals-Warehouse.html].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a table of stock see '''[[Equipment/Fine metalwork bench consumables]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tools=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Workholding==&lt;br /&gt;
* 2*Bench Peg And Anvil (these clamp on to a bench edge, to support work) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Bench-Peg-And-Anvil-prcode-999-082]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_bench_peg.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking out==&lt;br /&gt;
* 150mm Ruler * 3 [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-metric-stainless-rule-prod22753/]&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard Steel Scriber [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-basic-scriber-prod22757/]&lt;br /&gt;
* centre punch  [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-centre-punch-square-head-prod23024/]&lt;br /&gt;
* digital calipers [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-digital-electronic-calipers-prod20296/] &lt;br /&gt;
* 3&amp;quot; square [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/3-Steel-Square-prcode-999-583&amp;amp;p=gs?gclid=CJKfvby477UCFcLHtAodMHIAyg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_marking_out.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Magnification==&lt;br /&gt;
* Optivisor 2.0x No5 (NB: this is *not* eye protection)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Fine_metalwork_optivisor.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Optivisor===&lt;br /&gt;
The Optivisor fits over your head (including over glasses if&lt;br /&gt;
necessary); the knob on the back controls how tight it is, and&lt;br /&gt;
those on the side control how tight the flip action is.&lt;br /&gt;
It is *not* eye protection - the lenses are just glass, so don't use this&lt;br /&gt;
when using the flexible shaft drill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Files and saws==&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 12 Needle Files, 16cm - All Cut2 (one has to avoid contaminating silver with iron, so we'll want separate files for ferrous metals in addition to this)&lt;br /&gt;
* Grobet/vallorbe Saw Frame Adjustable [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Grobetvallorbe-Saw-Frame-Adjustable-prcode-999-73B]&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot; Deep Adjustable Saw Frame [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/6-Deep-Adjustable-Saw-Frame-prcode-999-738]; &lt;br /&gt;
* Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 2/0, Bundle Of 12*12 (£30.82); Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 6/0, Bundle Of 12 (£3.70)  (those saw blades are consumables - they break easily)&lt;br /&gt;
* Straight 7&amp;quot;/17.5cm Shears (£12.54)  (for brutal cutting of sheet metal. It's usually preferable to use a saw instead, to leave a square edge without bending the metal)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_saws_and_files.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Jeweller's Saws ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeweller's saws have a thin flexible blade held under tension by a saw frame. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blades come in different grades, from 4 (the coarsest) to 8/0 (the&lt;br /&gt;
finest).  In general one wants a coarse blade for cutting thick metal&lt;br /&gt;
and a fine blade for cutting thin metal, and for tight curves.  Fine&lt;br /&gt;
blades are also more fragile.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 2/0 is a normal (medium) blade, with thickness 0.26mm, width 0.52mm, and 22 teeth per cm.  The drill size for piercing is 0.55mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.5 to 1.0mm thick.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 6/0 is a rather fine blade, with thickness 0.18mm, width 0.35mm, and 32 teeth per cm. The drill size for piercing is 0.4mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.3mm to 0.5mm thick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saw frames have adjustable length.  To fit a blade, loosen the&lt;br /&gt;
knob that fixes the length and shorten the saw to be just shorter than&lt;br /&gt;
a blade.  Loosen the knobs at the ends that grip the blade, remove any&lt;br /&gt;
broken blade fragments (and throw them away properly), insert the&lt;br /&gt;
blade ends, and tighten the knobs (just finger-tight - you can strip&lt;br /&gt;
the threads if you use too much force).  The blade should be oriented&lt;br /&gt;
with the teeth pointing towards the handle - if you run your finger&lt;br /&gt;
(gently!) along the blade away from the handle, it should catch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
tension the frame so that the blade rings a little when plucked, and&lt;br /&gt;
tighten the associated knob - again, just finger-tight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7677.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the saw, first arrange the workpiece (with your cutting line&lt;br /&gt;
marked) so that it is supported very close (within a couple of mm) to&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, and so that you can hold it down firmly (so it doesn't&lt;br /&gt;
vibrate).  Usually you can put it on the edge or end of a bench peg.&lt;br /&gt;
Then arrange your chair so that your dominant hand and arm are in a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical plane, with your forearm perpendicular to the bench.  The saw&lt;br /&gt;
cuts away from you, and usually one controls the direction of cutting&lt;br /&gt;
by moving the workpiece rather than moving yourself.  Hold the saw&lt;br /&gt;
lightly with the blade vertical, and cut with an up-and-down motion.&lt;br /&gt;
To get a cut started, sometimes it's helpful to take a short stroke&lt;br /&gt;
upwards, keeping the blade in the right place with a finger next to it&lt;br /&gt;
or behind it.  Now cut!  Keep the saw vertical, and remember that it&lt;br /&gt;
cuts on the down-stroke. You shouldn't need to push very hard at all,&lt;br /&gt;
either down or forwards.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7676.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to cut around a sharp corner, remember to keep cutting,&lt;br /&gt;
otherwise the blade will break.  And don't twist the saw sideways in&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, otherwise the blade will break.  And if it jams, unjam it&lt;br /&gt;
gently, otherwise the blade will break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start a cut in the middle of a sheet, you need to drill a clearance&lt;br /&gt;
hold at least as big as the size above, depending which grade blade&lt;br /&gt;
you're using.  Then thread the blade through the piece when fitting&lt;br /&gt;
it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Jeweller's Files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are needle files (cut 2) and a 6&amp;quot;/150mm Vallorbe Flat File, also&lt;br /&gt;
Cut 2.  Files come in different finenesses; cut 2 is a medium&lt;br /&gt;
general-purpose grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's often useful to put the flat file on the bench, hold it in place,&lt;br /&gt;
and move a workpiece along the file (the file cuts when the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
is moved towards the tang), especially when filing a straight or&lt;br /&gt;
gentle curve saw-cut smooth.  Because of this, it doesn't have a&lt;br /&gt;
handle - but that does mean that when filing free-hand, one must be&lt;br /&gt;
careful not to push the tang of the file into the palm of your hand,&lt;br /&gt;
if the file suddenly becomes stuck on something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7678.jpg|300px]] [[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7679.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember: files cut on the push stroke. On the left above, the file is being pushed (leftwards) along the metal. Dually,  on the right above, the metal is being pushed rightwards along the file, towards the tang. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filing the edge of a piece of sheet square will usually leave a tiny&lt;br /&gt;
burr of metal along each corner of the edge, which should be removed&lt;br /&gt;
with the file or with abrasive paper.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a rounded edge or corner, it's often best to first file off a&lt;br /&gt;
small flat at 45 degrees (so one can easily control the size of the&lt;br /&gt;
flat) and then smooth off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Abrasive Papers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abrasive paper comes in grades from 200 (very coarse) through to 1500&lt;br /&gt;
(very fine).  To smooth a surface or edge, one usually wants to start&lt;br /&gt;
from (say) grade 600 and then work down through successively finer&lt;br /&gt;
grades.  It's usually good to cuts in a particular direction for one&lt;br /&gt;
grade, then at 90 degrees to that with the next grade until all the&lt;br /&gt;
scratches from the preceding grade are gone.  It's often useful to&lt;br /&gt;
support the abrasive paper on the bench, moving the workpiece against&lt;br /&gt;
it, or wrap it around a piece of wood or scrap metal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Flexible shaft drill tools==&lt;br /&gt;
* Polishing Kit No 2 [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Polishing-Kit-No-2-prcode-999-096E]&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm (£15.96)  (consumable) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Set-Of-20-Drills-0.3-1.6mm-prcode-999-CH5]&lt;br /&gt;
* diamond burrs (set of 30) (4.80) (consumable) [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-diamond-30-piece-burr-set-prod21887/?searchfor=diamond%20burrs]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:flexible_shaft_tools.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How To: Changing Handpieces ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two handpieces: one with a chuck, for small drills, and one with a choice of two collets, for polishing tools and suchlike with standard-size shafts. &lt;br /&gt;
To remove a handpiece, just grasp in and the knurled black part of the flexible shaft and pull apart:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7682.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To attach a handpiece to the shaft, look inside to see which way round the coupling is, turn it so that that matches the tab on the end of the flexible shaft, and push together.  If it doesn't go, you may not have them precisely aligned enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7680.jpg|300px]] [[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7681.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How To: Drilling Holes in Sheet Metal===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First mark out exactly where you want the hole to be, with the scriber.  Then support the sheet metal on the anvil of the bench peg or on the steel bench block (not on wood, otherwise the sheet will deform too much), position the tip of the centre punch exactly on the mark, and hit it gently with the clonking hammer (not the planishing hammer, otherwise the surface of that will be ruined!) to make an indentation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7686.rotated.jpg|180px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now get the drill size you want (likely from the grey box on the counter on the right hand side of the secure workshop).  You might have to clean it and to check its size with the calipers. Put it in the chuck and tighten with the chuck key.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7683.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put on eye protection, turn on the flexible shaft drill, and spin it up with the foot pedal to get a feel for it.  Then support your metal on a scrap of sacrificial wood, locate the drill tip in the indentation, hold your metal to stop it rotating, and gently spin up the drill and push.  How much speed and pressure to use is a matter of experience. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7687.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How To: Change collets and fix tools into the collet handpiece===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collet handpiece has two collets, small split metal pieces with holes of particular diameters to suit burrs and wheels with 2.4 or 3.2mm shafts.  They are held in by a small black threaded cone - to remove that, stop the handpiece rotating by putting the black pin through the hole in the handpiece side (you might need to rotate it to get the holes to line up) and use the little black spanner on the cone.  It should be finger-tight, not tightened with all your force.  Then you can change collets and refit the cone.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7684.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To fix a tool into the handpiece (assuming the right sized collet is in place already), just loosen the black cone a bit, put the tool in, and tighten. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7685.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How To: Polishing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hammering==&lt;br /&gt;
* Flat Stake  (this is a small anvil with a machined-smooth surface on all sides) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Flat-Stake---10cm-X-10cm-prcode-999-795]&lt;br /&gt;
* Round triblet (for forming rings and suchlike) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Round-1640cm-Steel-Triblet-prcode-999-820]&lt;br /&gt;
* Planishing Hammer (a polished-surface hammer for surface finishing and work-hardening) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Planishing-Hammer-Cookson-Value-Range-prcode-997-3111]  (don't hit steel things such as punches with this)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rawhide mallet [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Rawhide-Mallet-Size-2-1-Head-Diameter-prcode-999-603] (for hitting things without marking the surface)&lt;br /&gt;
* Generic ball-pean hammer, labelled `clonking hammer' (a non-polished hammer for hitting punches etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_hammers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both the flat stake (or ''bench block'') and triblet have machined-smooth surfaces so that they don't mark any silver that one hits against them.  To keep them smooth, it's important not to hit the stake or triblet directly with any steel tools. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: using the triblet===&lt;br /&gt;
The triblet (or ''mandrel'') is a long hard-steel cone, used to make rings circular.  To use it, push a ring down the cone as far as it will go, then hit it all round with the rawhide mallet (pushing further down), trying to keep the face of the mallet (when it hits) parallel with the tangent plane of the cone.  Doing this aggressively will also stretch the ring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pliers and tweezers==&lt;br /&gt;
* Assorted fine pliers: a Cookson 5 Piece,115mm Pliers Set  (box-jointed with smooth jaws)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring Bending Pliers, Cookson Value Range&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.5&amp;quot;/ 140mm Maun Flat Pliers Parallel Action [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/5.5-140mm-Maun-Flat-Pliers-Parallel-Action-prcode-999-644]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tweezer set [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Workbench-Tweezer-Set-6-Pieces-prcode-999-096N] (brass and plastic tweezers for pickle, reverse and third-hand tweezers for soldering, fine tweezers for manipulating tiny things)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_pliers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Soldering==&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand Torch [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Hand-Torch-Please-Note-Jewellers-Torch-Is-Supplied-Without-Gas-prcode-999-955] (for soldering or annealing small pieces, up to 10-20mm.  We also have a larger torch with the glassworking kit)&lt;br /&gt;
* Magnesia Soldering Block  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Magnesia-Soldering-Block-prcode-999-974]&lt;br /&gt;
* Soldering Sheet 300mm X 300mm X 9mm  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Soldering-Sheet-300mm-X-300mm-X-9mm-Asbestos--Substitute-prcode-999-969]&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder 150g  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Precious-Metal-Clay/Picklean-Safe-Pickling-Powder-150g-prcode-855-1060]&lt;br /&gt;
* crock pot for keeping pickle warm &lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075]  (consumable)  (this is great for small-scale work; for bigger things one wants strip solder and flux)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--[[Image:fine_metalwork_soldering.jpg|300px]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7691.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_pickle_pot.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Using the small gas torch ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The torch is kept in the flammables cupboard in the secure workshop.  To light it, open the valve on the back and push the piezo button. To turn it off, close that valve firmly (not using your full strength, though).  If the torch doesn't have enough gas in, you'll need to turn it off and recharge it from the canister of lighter gas (also kept in that cupboard), by (1) going outside, (2) turning the torch and canister upside down, (3) pushing the small red tube from the canister against the valve on the bottom of the torch, and (4) letting some gas flow in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7689.rotated.jpg|180px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Annealing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver and copper (and many other metals) *work-harden*: if the metal is deformed, e.g. by bending or hammering, it gets harder (and more brittle).  To soften it again it can be *annealed*: warmed up to let the crystals grow.  For copper and silver, it suffices to warm them up to the point at which they just glow (in fact, that's hotter than necessary, but usually this isn't a problem).  They don't need to be held at that temperature for any significant time, and they can either be left to cool naturally or dunked in water&lt;br /&gt;
(this is simpler than steel annealing).   After annealing you may need to remove any firescale, by abrasives or pickling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Soldering ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver soldering can be used to create a strong join between two metal surfaces - normally silver, but it can also be used for joining copper, brass, and even steel (though the pickling for steel will be different). For silver, it should be possible to make an essentially invisible join.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver solders are high-melting-point alloys; the one we have in Makespace is a silver/copper/zinc alloy with a melting point of 770 C (usually attained with a gas torch).   They are not to be confused with the lead-based solders used for electronics, which have melting points less than 200 C (usually applied with a soldering iron) and do not produce a mechanically strong joint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a good solder joint, good preparation is essential. Molten solder is very runny: it flows freely over the surface of clean metal and flows into a hot joint by capillary action, but it is very bad at filling gaps (it's not like a glue or cement).  Hence, the two bits of metal to be joined have to be shaped to fit precisely, ideally with no visible gap (less than 0.1mm, perhaps) between them.  They also have to be clean, with no oxide layer or grease. Freshly cut or filed silver is fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the metal clean while it gets up to temperature, and to help the solder run, one also needs a flux.  The silver solder we have is in paste form, pre-mixed with a flux, which is convenient for making small solder joints (e.g. joining the ends of a ring, attaching earring parts, or making little loops (&amp;quot;jump rings&amp;quot;).  For bigger pieces one usually uses snippets of solder sheet and a separate flux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prepare the two surfaces to be joined, filing and using abrasive papers as necessary to make them clean and smooth in tight contact.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make a clear space on the hot-working bench (the stainless steel one) with the insulated block on the 30cm square flameproof sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure you've got water to hand (e.g. in the steel pot) and the pickle ready if you're going to use it. &lt;br /&gt;
* Find the small gas torch (see above).  For larger pieces you'll need the bigger propane torch.&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrange things so that the pieces will be held in contact while you heat them up.  Sometimes they can just be resting next to or on top of one another (on the insulated block); sometimes a piece can be bent to hold the two surfaces in contact (e.g. for a ring); sometimes it's useful to hold one in the reverse-action tweezers (attached to a third-hand base) in contact with the other resting on the block; sometimes one needs iron binding wire and more ingenuity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dissassemble your arrangement to apply some solder paste.  This is in a syringe - it's very stiff, so you'll need to push (but pull back on the plunger when you've got enough, otherwise it will keep going).  You only need a little bit (e.g. a line for a ring, or a 1mm cube for a jumpring).&lt;br /&gt;
* Warm your piece up with the torch. You want to get it quickly up to temperature, otherwise the flux will all burn off too early.  And you need all the metal to be hot - focus the flame first on the bulk of the piece, not on your joint  (solder likes to flow towards hot).   The hottest part of the flame is just in front of the blue cone.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metal_DSC_7690.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Watch the joint carefully (taking care not to burn yourself, point the torch at anything flammable, or inhale the fumes). When it's hot enough (a glowing orange) and the solder melts, you should see a flash of the molten silver flowing. Keep the flame there for just a moment (1s?) longer, then take it away.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don't try to re-heat or mess about - it has to work in one go or not at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* Let the piece cool - perhaps picking it up with tweezers or pliers (but not the fine pliers!) and dunking it in water (watch out for splutters).&lt;br /&gt;
* Pickle it or use abrasives to remove any firescale.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Making Jump Rings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Planishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To: Using the Ring Mandrel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= To do =&lt;br /&gt;
* get one or two adjustable desk lamps, perhaps with magnifier&lt;br /&gt;
* get another file, either another 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe or a similar half-round &lt;br /&gt;
* get a joint cutter, either [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Special-Joint-Filing-Tool---Chenier-Cutter-prcode-999-597] £58 from cookson or a cheap one [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/hand-tools/joint-levelers-1/economy-joint-levelling-tool.html] £15 from Sutton Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
* get some dividers&lt;br /&gt;
* raise the bench somewhat and fix to the wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gallery =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do add pictures of anything made using the fine metalwork tools.  Here are some practice pieces from a training session (2013-05-12, AH, HW, S.):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:gallery1.jpg|300px]] [[Image:gallery2.jpg|300px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and some oxidised-silver tentacles (this is about 25x28mm):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:gallery3.jpg|300px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-15T21:48:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Entrance corridor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Makespace has some decorative plants, which may also help to improve the air quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [[Plants]] more generally, including possible hydroponics projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. five by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: First the garlic and later the onion died off; not sure whether it was lack of sun or not enough watering.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.  They could move slowly along, (driven by photovoltaic cells or by a supply rail), and change directions when bumping into each other or into end-stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: plants are wobbly, be careful they don't fall over and off the shelf...''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-15T21:07:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Kitchen */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Makespace has some decorative plants, which may also help to improve the air quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [[Plants]] more generally, including possible hydroponics projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: First the garlic and later the onion died off; not sure whether it was lack of sun or not enough watering.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.  They could move slowly along, (driven by photovoltaic cells or by a supply rail), and change directions when bumping into each other or into end-stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: plants are wobbly, be careful they don't fall over and off the shelf...''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-15T21:07:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Last watered */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Makespace has some decorative plants, which may also help to improve the air quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [[Plants]] more generally, including possible hydroponics projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: First the garlic and later the onion died off; not sure whether it was lack of sun or not enough watering.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.  They could move slowly along, (driven by photovoltaic cells or by a supply rail), and change directions when bumping into each other or into end-stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-15T21:07:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Last watered */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Makespace has some decorative plants, which may also help to improve the air quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [[Plants]] more generally, including possible hydroponics projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: First the garlic and later the onion died off; not sure whether it was lack of sun or not enough watering.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 15 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.  They could move slowly along, (driven by photovoltaic cells or by a supply rail), and change directions when bumping into each other or into end-stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
* Sunday 9th June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-07T10:46:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Contents */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Makespace has some decorative plants, which may also help to improve the air quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [[Plants]] more generally, including possible hydroponics projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''NB: First the garlic and later the onion died off; not sure whether it was lack of sun or not enough watering.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.  They could move slowly along, (driven by photovoltaic cells or by a supply rail), and change directions when bumping into each other or into end-stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-07T10:39:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Main space */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-07T10:38:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* a few times in between&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Main space =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One spider plant (variegated) on the cable racking near the kitchen stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One or more plant pots might become suspended on monorails running along the cabling track in the main space, if no-one objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many ceiling beams from which hanging baskets could be suspended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two pots of spider plants (variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plant pots may eventually become part of the Internet Of Things, reporting their hydration level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
* Thursday 6 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-07T10:34:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wednesday 5 June&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three pots of spider plants (all variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure</id>
		<title>Infrastructure</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure"/>
				<updated>2013-06-07T10:34:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For all bug reports and queries related to the functioning of the infrastructure of the space, email the mailing list! &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Makespace Infrastructure (see also [[Equipment]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/RFID_Access_Control|RFID Access Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Internet|Internet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Printing|Printing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Kitchen|Kitchen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Supplies|Supplies]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Plants|Plants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Member_Personal_Storage|Member Personal Storage]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Store_Room|Store Room]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants</id>
		<title>Infrastructure/Plants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Infrastructure/Plants"/>
				<updated>2013-06-07T10:30:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Entrance corridor =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makespace has a soil bed (ca. three by half a meter) along the entrance corridor from the outer main door. The downside of this area is that it is fairly dim, hence plants have to be chosen carefully so they don't just die off! The soil is super dry and does not soak up water easily, which makes watering a bit tricky (if you are not careful, you might even wash away the plants!). For now the plants should be watered at least once or twice per week, whenever the top soil looks completely dried out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bed is currently planted with (from left to right) an onion, garlic, and lots of little spider plants (two of which are variegated). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 26 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suggestions/thoughts for other plants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* ivy?&lt;br /&gt;
* dracena (dragon tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* aloe/cactus&lt;br /&gt;
* generally plants with large deep-green leaves...&lt;br /&gt;
* Hanging baskets on top?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Kitchen =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contents ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three pots of spider plants (all variegated) along the shelf above the kitchen worktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Last watered ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Saturday 23 March&lt;br /&gt;
* Tuesday 2 April&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= More plants? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in the meetspace?&lt;br /&gt;
* in the mainspace? (fewer but large tree-ish plants?)&lt;br /&gt;
* probably none in the workshop:)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Infrastructure/Spider_plants|Internet-of-Things incorporating spider plants]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill</id>
		<title>Equipment/Flexible Shaft Drill</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill"/>
				<updated>2013-05-15T09:05:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Summary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Flexible Shaft Drill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FlexDrill.jpg|thumb|300px|right|Flexible Shaft Drill]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Summary =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an &amp;quot;Axminster Heavy Duty Flexible Drive Unit&amp;quot; with a foot control, a 4mm keyed chuck handpiece, and a small handpiece with 2.4 and 3.2mm collets.  It can be used with small drills, burrs, and polishing wheels.  It's mounted to the [[Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench|Fine Metalwork bench]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''This is a Category Red tool: training is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current owners are:  Peter Sewell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trained: AH, HW, STJ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the Flexible Shaft Drill =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential for anyone using the drill, or nearby spectators, to wear eye protection whenever the drill is running. &lt;br /&gt;
Some usages (polishing, in particular) also require a face mask.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main risk is eye damage: the small drills and other tools sometimes break or grab the workpiece, and they can fly off at high speed in any direction.  Grinding and polishing wheels can also send small particles of grit flying off.  Action: users must wear eye protection, always. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, polishing can generate fine dust which should not be inhaled.  Action: users should use a face mask when polishing.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the drill involves rapidly spinning drills and other tools close to one's fingers.  Action: users need to take care to hold and support the drill and workpiece appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Avoiding Tool Damage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is vital to avoid contamination of the tools for fine metalworking (on silver, copper, or titanium) with particles of iron, steel, or lead, otherwise pieces can be ruined when they are soldered.  Accordingly, the burrs and wheels for fine metalworking must not be used on any materials except silver, copper, titanium, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the flexible shaft accessories (burrs, wheels, handpieces, etc.) must be put away in the right place (one of the drawers of the grey filing cabinet) after use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing handpieces, the projecting ridge on the flexible shaft has to be lined up with the connector inside the handpiece. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing collets, only modest finger-tight force on the spanner should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small drills (less than 1.5mm) can break very easily unless due care is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First select the appropriate handpiece.  We have a keyed chuck, for drills between 0.3 and 4.0 mm, and a collet handpiece, for burrs and wheels with 2.4 or 3.2mm shafts.&lt;br /&gt;
To change handpieces, hold the black knurled region on the end of the flexible shaft in one hand, and the handpiece in the other, and pull apart.  To put on the other handpiece, line up the projecting ridge on the flexible shaft  with the connector inside the handpiece and push together  (this shouldn't need too much force: check the alignment if it does). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the collet: unscrew the conical cap on the end of the handpiece with the small black spanner, replace the collet with the other one, screw the conical cap back on, and tighten gently with the spanner.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench</id>
		<title>Equipment/Fine metalwork bench</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench"/>
				<updated>2013-05-15T09:05:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Trained */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Fine metalwork bench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fine_metalwork_bench.jpg|thumb|460px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Summary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bench and hand tools for fine non-ferrous metalwork, e.g. for silver jewelry-scale making.  We also have a [[Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill|Flexible Shaft Drill]] at the same bench. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the fine metalwork bench =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Owners==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:PeterS|Peter Sewell]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trained==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AH, HW, STJ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Fine Metalwork Hand Tools and Silver Soldering]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch and gas canisters (standard lighter gas) should be kept in the flammable stock cupboard in the workshop when not in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch should only be refilled in the open air, as there can be gas leakage in the process.  It should only be used at the hot-working bench above the insulated sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pickle is a mild corrosive, and hot items should not be dropped directly into it or else there may be splashes that could cause eye damage.  The pickle should not be warmed except in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Avoiding Tool Damage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is vital to '''avoid contamination of the tools for fine metalworking''' (on silver, copper, or titanium) with particles of iron, steel, aluminium, or lead, otherwise pieces can be ruined when they are soldered.  Accordingly, '''this bench and the fine metalworking tools must not be used on any materials except silver, copper, titanium, or gold''': especially not for steel, iron, aluminium, or lead. Some brass alloys are leaded; other brasses are ok.  Wood and plastics are ok in moderation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the tools have '''polished or machined surfaces that are easily damaged''', e.g. the planishing hammer, triblet, and bench block.  These must not be used for hitting anything other than silver, copper, or titanium (especially, do not use the planishing hammer for hitting a punch, and take great care when hammering something on the triblet or bench block not to let the hammer come in contact with those).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important '''not to contaminate one grade of abrasive with another''': particles of coarse abrasive on a fine polishing wheel can scratch a piece heavily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the fine metalworking tools must be put away in the right place (the correct drawer of the grey filing cabinet, as labelled) after use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consumables and Stock (to pay by use)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We keep a small amount of silver and copper stock for people to get started with  (copper behaves a lot like silver, so is good for practicing). &lt;br /&gt;
If you use any of the following, please (a) write in the&lt;br /&gt;
fine-metalworking stock book the thing and the amount you've used, your name, and the cost, and&lt;br /&gt;
(b) put the cost in the MakeSpace cashbox.  If we're close to running out, please let the owners know.  The prices below are designed to just break even, not make a profit.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to buy your own stock or tools, UK suppliers include Cookson [http://www.cooksongold.com/], Sutton Tools [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/] and HS Walsh [http://www.hswalsh.com].  It might well be worth clubbing together with other people to get volume discounts and share shipping.  Copper and brass sheet can also be found at &lt;br /&gt;
Mackay's in Cambridge [http://www.mackay.co.uk/Metals-Warehouse.html].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw blades: £0.30 each, per broken sawblade or if you want your own.&lt;br /&gt;
* Abrasive paper: £0.75 per sheet or £0.20 per quarter sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Small drills:  £1.00 per broken drill (the set of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm is around £14 + shipping)&lt;br /&gt;
* Copper sheet 24 SWG (0.56mm): £0.04 per square cm  &lt;br /&gt;
* Copper sheet 20 SWG (0.91mm): £0.05 per square cm&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Sheet 1.00mm: £1.00 per square cm (measuring the aligned bounding box) (cost is £46 for 75x75mm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Sheet 0.50mm: £0.50 per square cm (measuring the aligned bounding box) (cost is £25 for 75x75mm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 1.00mm: £0.10 per cm   (cost is £14.24 per 2m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 0.70mm: £0.05 per cm   (cost £3.52 per 1m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 0.50mm: £0.03 per cm   (cost £3.52 per 2m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Square Wire 1.00mm: £0.10 per cm   (cost £4.34 per 0.5m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Hook Wire (NVK 023X): £1.30 per pair&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Ear Pin, 11.1 X 0.8 (NVJ 102X): £0.10 each&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Scrolls 110:  £0.15 each&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Snake Chain 18&amp;quot;/45cm 1.2mm (VVO R12H): £5.50&lt;br /&gt;
* Silver 1.6mm Snake Chain 18&amp;quot;/45cm (VV3 80H): £6.00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Consumables==&lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61 per tube, but a tube lasts a long time) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075] &lt;br /&gt;
* polish and polishing wheels (buy your own if making substantial use of these)&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder (£6 for 150g)&lt;br /&gt;
* Diamond burrs (£4.80 for set of 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Workholding===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2*Bench Peg And Anvil (these clamp on to a bench edge, to support work) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Bench-Peg-And-Anvil-prcode-999-082]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_bench_peg.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Files and saws===&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 12 Needle Files, 16cm - All Cut2 (one has to avoid contaminating silver with iron, so we'll want separate files for ferrous metals in addition to this)&lt;br /&gt;
* Grobet/vallorbe Saw Frame Adjustable [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Grobetvallorbe-Saw-Frame-Adjustable-prcode-999-73B]&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot; Deep Adjustable Saw Frame [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/6-Deep-Adjustable-Saw-Frame-prcode-999-738]; &lt;br /&gt;
* Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 2/0, Bundle Of 12*12 (£30.82); Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 6/0, Bundle Of 12 (£3.70)  (those saw blades are consumables - they break easily)&lt;br /&gt;
* Straight 7&amp;quot;/17.5cm Shears (£12.54)  (for brutal cutting of sheet metal. It's usually preferable to use a saw instead, to leave a square edge without bending the metal)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_saws_and_files.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hammering===&lt;br /&gt;
* Flat Stake  (this is a small anvil with a machined-smooth surface on all sides) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Flat-Stake---10cm-X-10cm-prcode-999-795]&lt;br /&gt;
* Round triblet (for forming rings and suchlike) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Round-1640cm-Steel-Triblet-prcode-999-820]&lt;br /&gt;
* Planishing Hammer (a polished-surface hammer for surface finishing and work-hardening) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Planishing-Hammer-Cookson-Value-Range-prcode-997-3111]  (on back-order)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rawhide mallet [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Rawhide-Mallet-Size-2-1-Head-Diameter-prcode-999-603] (for hitting things without marking the surface)&lt;br /&gt;
* Generic ball-pean hammer (a non-polished hammer for hitting punches etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_hammers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pliers and tweezers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Cookson 5 Piece,115mm Pliers Set  (box-jointed with smooth jaws)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring Bending Pliers, Cookson Value Range&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.5&amp;quot;/ 140mm Maun Flat Pliers Parallel Action [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/5.5-140mm-Maun-Flat-Pliers-Parallel-Action-prcode-999-644]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tweezer set [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Workbench-Tweezer-Set-6-Pieces-prcode-999-096N] (brass and plastic tweezers for pickle, reverse and third-hand tweezers for soldering, fine tweezers for manipulating tiny things)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_pliers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soldering===&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand Torch [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Hand-Torch-Please-Note-Jewellers-Torch-Is-Supplied-Without-Gas-prcode-999-955] (for soldering or annealing small pieces, up to 10-20mm.  We also have a larger torch with the glassworking kit)&lt;br /&gt;
* Magnesia Soldering Block  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Magnesia-Soldering-Block-prcode-999-974]&lt;br /&gt;
* Soldering Sheet 300mm X 300mm X 9mm  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Soldering-Sheet-300mm-X-300mm-X-9mm-Asbestos--Substitute-prcode-999-969]&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder 150g  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Precious-Metal-Clay/Picklean-Safe-Pickling-Powder-150g-prcode-855-1060]&lt;br /&gt;
* crock pot for keeping pickle warm &lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075]  (consumable)  (this is great for small-scale work; for bigger things one wants strip solder and flux)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_soldering.jpg|300px]] [[Image:fine_metalwork_pickle_pot.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Marking out===&lt;br /&gt;
* 150mm Ruler * 3 [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-metric-stainless-rule-prod22753/]&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard Steel Scriber [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-basic-scriber-prod22757/]&lt;br /&gt;
* centre punch  [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-centre-punch-square-head-prod23024/]&lt;br /&gt;
* digital calipers [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-digital-electronic-calipers-prod20296/] &lt;br /&gt;
* 3&amp;quot; square [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/3-Steel-Square-prcode-999-583&amp;amp;p=gs?gclid=CJKfvby477UCFcLHtAodMHIAyg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_marking_out.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magnification===&lt;br /&gt;
* Optivisor 2.0x No5 (NB: this is *not* eye protection)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Fine_metalwork_optivisor.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flexible shaft drill tools===&lt;br /&gt;
* Polishing Kit No 2 [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Polishing-Kit-No-2-prcode-999-096E]&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm (£15.96)  (consumable) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Set-Of-20-Drills-0.3-1.6mm-prcode-999-CH5]&lt;br /&gt;
* diamond burrs (set of 30) (4.80) (consumable) [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-diamond-30-piece-burr-set-prod21887/?searchfor=diamond%20burrs]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:flexible_shaft_tools.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To do ==&lt;br /&gt;
* get one or two adjustable desk lamps, perhaps with magnifier&lt;br /&gt;
* get another file, either another 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe or a similar half-round &lt;br /&gt;
* get a joint cutter, either [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Special-Joint-Filing-Tool---Chenier-Cutter-prcode-999-597] £58 from cookson or a cheap one [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/hand-tools/joint-levelers-1/economy-joint-levelling-tool.html] £15 from Sutton Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
* get some dividers&lt;br /&gt;
* raise the bench somewhat and fix to the wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gallery =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do add pictures of anything made using the fine metalwork tools.  Here are some practice pieces from training (2013-05-12, AH, HW, S.):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:gallery1.jpg|300px]] [[Image:gallery2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How To =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Jeweller's Saws ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeweller's saws have a thin flexible blade held under tension by a saw frame. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blades come in different grades, from 4 (the coarsest) to 8/0 (the&lt;br /&gt;
finest).  In general one wants a coarse blade for cutting thick metal&lt;br /&gt;
and a fine blade for cutting thin metal, and for tight curves.  Fine&lt;br /&gt;
blades are also more fragile.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 2/0 is a normal (medium) blade, with thickness 0.26mm, width 0.52mm, and 22 teeth per cm.  The drill size for piercing is 0.55mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.5 to 1.0mm thick.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 6/0 is a rather fine blade, with thickness 0.18mm, width 0.35mm, and 32 teeth per cm. The drill size for piercing is 0.4mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.3mm to 0.5mm thick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saw frames have adjustable length.  To fit a blade, loosen the&lt;br /&gt;
knob that fixes the length and shorten the saw to be just shorter than&lt;br /&gt;
a blade.  Loosen the knobs at the ends that grip the blade, remove any&lt;br /&gt;
broken blade fragments (and throw them away properly), insert the&lt;br /&gt;
blade ends, and tighten the knobs (just finger-tight - you can strip&lt;br /&gt;
the threads if you use too much force).  The blade should be oriented&lt;br /&gt;
with the teeth pointing towards the handle - if you run your finger&lt;br /&gt;
(gently!) along the blade away from the handle, it should catch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
tension the frame so that the blade rings a little when plucked, and&lt;br /&gt;
tighten the associated knob - again, just finger-tight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the saw, first arrange the workpiece (with your cutting line&lt;br /&gt;
marked) so that it is supported very close (within a couple of mm) to&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, and so that you can hold it down firmly (so it doesn't&lt;br /&gt;
vibrate).  Usually you can put it on the edge or end of a bench peg.&lt;br /&gt;
Then arrange your chair so that your dominant hand and arm are in a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical plane, with your forearm perpendicular to the bench.  The saw&lt;br /&gt;
cuts away from you, and usually one controls the direction of cutting&lt;br /&gt;
by moving the workpiece rather than moving yourself.  Hold the saw&lt;br /&gt;
lightly with the blade vertical, and cut with an up-and-down motion.&lt;br /&gt;
To get a cut started, sometimes it's helpful to take a short stroke&lt;br /&gt;
upwards, keeping the blade in the right place with a finger next to it&lt;br /&gt;
or behind it.  Now cut!  Keep the saw vertical, and remember that it&lt;br /&gt;
cuts on the down-stroke. You shouldn't need to push very hard at all,&lt;br /&gt;
either down or forwards.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to cut around a sharp corner, remember to keep cutting,&lt;br /&gt;
otherwise the blade will break.  And don't twist the saw sideways in&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, otherwise the blade will break.  And if it jams, unjam it&lt;br /&gt;
gently, otherwise the blade will break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start a cut in the middle of a sheet, you need to drill a clearance&lt;br /&gt;
hold at least as big as the size above, depending which grade blade&lt;br /&gt;
you're using.  Then thread the blade through the piece when fitting&lt;br /&gt;
it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Jeweller's Files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are needle files (cut 2) and a 6&amp;quot;/150mm Vallorbe Flat File, also&lt;br /&gt;
Cut 2.  Files come in different finenesses; cut 2 is a medium&lt;br /&gt;
general-purpose grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember: files cut on the push stroke.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's often useful to put the flat file on the bench, hold it in place,&lt;br /&gt;
and move a workpiece along the file (the file cuts when the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
is moved towards the tang), especially when filing a straight or&lt;br /&gt;
gentle curve saw-cut smooth.  Because of this, it doesn't have a&lt;br /&gt;
handle - but that does mean that when filing free-hand, one must be&lt;br /&gt;
careful not to push the tang of the file into the palm of your hand,&lt;br /&gt;
if the file suddenly becomes stuck on something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filing the edge of a piece of sheet square will usually leave a tiny&lt;br /&gt;
burr of metal along each corner of the edge, which should be removed&lt;br /&gt;
with the file or with abrasive paper.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a rounded edge or corner, it's often best to first file off a&lt;br /&gt;
small flat at 45 degrees (so one can easily control the size of the&lt;br /&gt;
flat) and then smooth off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abrasive Papers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abrasive paper comes in grades from 200 (very coarse) through to 1500&lt;br /&gt;
(very fine).  To smooth a surface or edge, one usually wants to start&lt;br /&gt;
from (say) grade 600 and then work down through successively finer&lt;br /&gt;
grades.  It's usually good to cuts in a particular direction for one&lt;br /&gt;
grade, then at 90 degrees to that with the next grade until all the&lt;br /&gt;
scratches from the preceding grade are gone.  It's often useful to&lt;br /&gt;
support the abrasive paper on the bench, moving the workpiece against&lt;br /&gt;
it, or wrap it around a piece of wood or scrap metal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Soldering ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Making Jump Rings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Planishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Ring Mandrel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill/Training</id>
		<title>Equipment/CNC Model Mill/Training</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill/Training"/>
				<updated>2013-05-15T09:05:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Trained Users */ trained yesterday&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Equipment|Equipment]] / [[Equipment/CNC_Model_Mill|CNC Model Mill]] / Training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Roland Mill Training =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page documents the process for being trained to use the, and the list of members who have completed that training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training takes place in three main steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Group Training of 1-4 members, going through the equipment and how to use it (~1hr)&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual Training Task, where an individual member is set a task to complete to prove and improve understanding (~30min each)&lt;br /&gt;
* Project Oversight, where more experienced users oversee the projects being undertaken when cutting (first 2-3 projects)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Training on the mill is run by the mill Owners. The mill Owners are a group of people responsible for maintaining and training on the mill, and hence have been trained to train, and trained to perform the weekly and monthly maintenance on the mill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Booking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sessions are advertised on '''http://meetup.makespace.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing training, or requesting additional slots if needed, use the mailing list thread: [https://groups.google.com/d/msg/cammakespace/Nvf0GPRhLAY/fkvHEQ2sDz4J Training : Roland Mill]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* You can only be trained if you have your name allocated to a slot (groups will be restricted to four at a time, so please don't make up additional spaces)&lt;br /&gt;
* You must do the group and individual training on the same day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Trained Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are owners of the mill, so are trained to use and teach use of the Mill:&lt;br /&gt;
* Stephen Woolhead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following members of Makespace are trained and qualified to use the Mill (note, they are not qualified to train others however):&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexis Mather (Stephen Woolhead, 4/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rachel Rayns (Stephen Woolhead, 10/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Henry Gomersall (Stephen Woolhead, 10/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew Dunn (Stephen Woolhead, 10/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Edward Imhagwe (Stephen Woolhead, 10/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Kim Spence-Jones (Stephen Woolhead, 10/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Voth  (Stephen Woolhead, 11/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Abri (Stephen Woolhead, 11/04/2013) &lt;br /&gt;
* Joe Tapply (Stephen Woolhead, 11/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Dave Ansell (Stephen Woolhead, 16/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Gaye Soykok (Stephen Woolhead, 16/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin de Selincourt (Stephen Woolhead, 16/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Andy Fisher (Stephen Woolhead, 16/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Tillotson (Stephen Woolhead, 16/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Ingham(Stephen Woolhead, 17/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* David Esteves (Stephen Woolhead, 17/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Wayne Keenan (Stephen Woolhead, 17/04/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb (Stephen Woolhead 9/5/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Patrick Greaney (Stephen Woolhead 9/5/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Paul Osborn  (Stephen Woolhead 9/5/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adrian Carr  (Stephen Woolhead 9/5/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
* ST John (Stephen Woolhead 14/5/2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Training Cheatsheet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The training structure and prompt sheet. Please note, this is used by the Mill Owners as a prompt to ensure training is executed in a consistent and complete fashion; this does not constitute and is not a substitute for the training itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Group Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The group training introduction structure, suitable for 1-4 members at a time in a 1 hr session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mill Basics'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover the basic mechanics of an 3 axis mill.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain the difference between machine co-ordinates and user co-ordinates&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover the different types of cutters, ball, square etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain collets and how to change the cutter.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover types of materials than can be cut on the mill, wood, plastics, '''NO METAL'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover how to fix work piece to bed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VPanel'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Show how to move cutter around in X, Y and Z free hand&lt;br /&gt;
* Show how to change the rapid speed, and explain difference between low/high and steps&lt;br /&gt;
* Show how to set XYZ origins.&lt;br /&gt;
* Show how to set Z origin using sensor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Show how to move to set co-ordinates and make relative moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain how to switch to G-Code load G-Code files&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click Mill'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain how to do basic operations such as pocket and surface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover the basic cutting parameters, such as feed rates, spindle speed, cutting in amount and path interval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SRP Player'''&lt;br /&gt;
* File formats that can be loaded (STL/IGES/Rhino)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rotating imported model to correct orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Scale model if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover type of milling&lt;br /&gt;
** Surface finish&lt;br /&gt;
** Flat / curved&lt;br /&gt;
** What cutting top or top and bottom means&lt;br /&gt;
** Adding supports&lt;br /&gt;
* Explain creation of tool paths&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the size of the work piece and material&lt;br /&gt;
* Create initial tool path&lt;br /&gt;
* Show cutting preview and explain how it can show cutting errors by flicking between model and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
* Show how to edit cutting paths, change tools and cutting area and depth.&lt;br /&gt;
* Show margins and slope and re-generate tool paths.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open and show the sample project 'thing.srp' as an example of how tool paths can be tweaked to reduce cutting times and optimize support material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cut 2D'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Open sample project to show basics of tool paths and 3D preview.&lt;br /&gt;
* Refer people to the videos on the Cut2D website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Q and A'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individual Training Task ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual task to get familiar, prompt questions and check understanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Power machine on&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the current tool, demonstrating understand of the collet system and correct positioning of cutter in collet.  Ensure that the cutter is not dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
* Position the cutter over the XY origin and set as origin in user co-ordinates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Z origin using the sensor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Using the ClickMill software cut a 20x20mm pocket 5mm deep offset by 5,5mm from the origin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pause the job midway through, then restart it.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean machine. &lt;br /&gt;
* Turn off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Project Oversight ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For next 2-3 projects or until they are comfortable, projects should be machine out of soft materials only such as foam, that way if a mistake is made no damage will be caused to the machine and an expensive block of material lost.  If possible the newly trained user should find another more experienced trained user to support them (second pair of eyes) in their first couple of projects, or any time they are unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''If in doubt ask for advice!!'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router</id>
		<title>Equipment/CNC Router</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router"/>
				<updated>2013-05-14T22:54:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Summary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / CNC Router&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WP_20130509_005.jpg|thumb|460px|right|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A CNC router is a computer controlled shaping machine. These are related to the hand held router. Instead of hand held routing, the tool paths can be controlled via computer numerical control. It is a computer-controlled machine for cutting various hard materials, such as wood, composites, aluminum, steel, plastics, and foams. It is one of many kinds of tools that have CNC variants. A CNC router is very similar in concept to a CNC milling machine.  The CNC router is controlled by a computer. Coordinates are uploaded into the machine controller from a separate CAD program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Capacity: 1200 x 1200 x 120mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Rate (X,Y):	 6000mm/min (Max) 5000mm/min (Working)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rate (Z):	 30mm/sec&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle Speed:	4500 to 24000rpm&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical Precision:	0.01mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle Power: 1.5KW Variable Speed, Water-cooled&lt;br /&gt;
* Blade Diameter: min 3.175mm, max 12.7mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Order Format: HPGL, G code, u00, mmg, plt &lt;br /&gt;
* Control System: DSP with USB connection &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some examples we've made on the CNC router (please add a photo of yours any time you do a job!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:WP_20130509_004.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the CNC Router =&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Owners are those who have volunteered to be in charge of the equipment, organising maintenance, training others to use it, and generally being a point of contact. The current Owners of the CNC Router are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stephen Woolhead&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Abri&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Mellors&lt;br /&gt;
* Dave Ansell&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Stirley&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, problems or concerns around the CNC router, please use the mailing list thread:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://groups.google.com/d/topic/cammakespace/rkchD7VqM2c/discussion Log : CNC Router]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE CNC ROUTER IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/CNC_Router/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the CNC router and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Owners. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Router/Training|CNC Router Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CNC Router is a potentially dangerous piece of equipment which must only be operated by members who have received appropriate training and who take due care. The top things to always remember when using the CNC Router are:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ONLY USE THE CNC ROUTER IF YOU ARE ON THE LIST OF TRAINED USERS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''NEVER LEAVE THE CNC ROUTER RUNNING UNATTENDED'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a trained user, you should be very aware of the following risks and how to deal with them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FIRE''' - Cutting with the wrong settings could result in the material igniting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TRAPPING''' - Stand clear of the machine while in motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUST''' - Ensure extraction system is working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOISE''' - Ensure that you wear the correct PPE when working with the machine for prolonged periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.makespace.org/File:MPC6610_CNC_Router_Manual_v1.0-En.pdf Router Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Feeds &amp;amp; Speeds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tips &amp;amp; Tricks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Maintenance =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maintenance of the CNC Router is carried out by the Owners, with some basic maintenance being carried out by Users on every job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Schedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Log ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installed on 9th May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Shopping List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Cutters&lt;br /&gt;
* Sacrificial Bed (1.2m x 1.2m 12mm MDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further Information =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installed on 9th May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Photo_1.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
File:WP_20130509_005.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
File:CNC_Router_controller_1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
File:CNC_Router_controller_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase ==&lt;br /&gt;
Full Purchase, Delivery and Installation (£?????)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.shopbottools.com/mProducts/prSstandard.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Family-Makers-Projects-List</id>
		<title>Family-Makers-Projects-List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Family-Makers-Projects-List"/>
				<updated>2013-05-13T08:07:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Date&lt;br /&gt;
!Available?&lt;br /&gt;
!Topic&lt;br /&gt;
!Owner&lt;br /&gt;
!Deputy&lt;br /&gt;
!Meetup (y/n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|30/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|23/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|16/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|26/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Salt dough fun&lt;br /&gt;
|Beck&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|19/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|3D-modeling with cardboard and glue guns&lt;br /&gt;
|Rod&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|12/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Basic electrical circuits&lt;br /&gt;
|Nigel&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Paper cranes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwestbury/sets/72157633430008732/ Photos from the day]&lt;br /&gt;
|Chris&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|21/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Egg drop - The idea of this project is protect a raw egg from a 2 meter drop, with the supplied materials. The materials used were bubble wrap, card, paper, tape, plastic shopping bags and glue&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwestbury/sets/72157633333368813/ Photos from the day]&lt;br /&gt;
|Brian&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|14/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Paper aeroplanes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwestbury/sets/72157633246156559/ Photos from the day]&lt;br /&gt;
|Steve&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Family-Makers-Projects-List</id>
		<title>Family-Makers-Projects-List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Family-Makers-Projects-List"/>
				<updated>2013-05-13T08:04:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Date&lt;br /&gt;
!Available?&lt;br /&gt;
!Topic&lt;br /&gt;
!Owner&lt;br /&gt;
!Deputy&lt;br /&gt;
!Meetup (y/n)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|30/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|23/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|16/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2/6/13&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|26/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Salt dough fun&lt;br /&gt;
|Beck&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|19/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|3D-modeling with cardboard and glue guns&lt;br /&gt;
|Rod&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|12/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Basic electrical circuits&lt;br /&gt;
|Nigel&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5/5/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Paper cranes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwestbury/sets/72157633430008732/ Photos from the day]&lt;br /&gt;
|Chris&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|21/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Egg drop - The idea of this project is protect a raw egg from a 2 meter drop, with the supplied materials. The materials used were bubble wrap, card, paper, tape, plastic shopping bags and glue&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwestbury/sets/72157633333368813/ Photos from the day]&lt;br /&gt;
|Brian&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|14/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Paper aeroplanes&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwestbury/sets/72157633246156559/ Photos from the day]&lt;br /&gt;
|Steve&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Lathe</id>
		<title>Equipment/Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Lathe"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:22:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Peripheral tools and accessories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Lathe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Myford.jpg|thumb|420px|right|Our Myford super 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Summary =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a Myford super 7 lathe kindly donated to us by Martin Levine. It is a quality machine in fair condition but it is capable of causing severe injury so it must only be used by those trained to operate it safely. The 'owners' are responsible for training new users and ensuring that it is maintained in a safe condition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Lathe_Gallery_20130407.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the lathe =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Myford is a metal turning lathe capable of machining circular cuts in material up to about 18cm (7 inches) in diameter and about 45cm (18&amp;quot;) long. We also have vertical slides so milling operations can be performed on material up to about 10cm (4&amp;quot;) cubed. The lathe is solidly built so with care micrometer level precision can be obtained. We now have a good selection of cutting tools and work handling apparatus so a wide range of different cutting operations can be performed on a wide range of materials. Some of the accessories are listed at [[http://wiki.makespace.org/Lathe_accessories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The workpiece is spun at high speed with great force. Clothing or hair caught in the workpiece will not slow the motor! Before starting take time to check there is nothing likely to be caught in the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chuck key left in the chuck when the motor is started could become a missile. Before starting the motor make sure the chuck, and anything mounted in it, will not hit anything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metal turnings have very sharp edges. Avoid touching them whenever possible and use the brush provided to clean up the swarf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve real safety operator attitude is key. Trying to achieve unrealistic goals in limited time is the prime cause of accidents. Please take the time to plan your work and gain sufficient knowledge to perform it safely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The owners are experienced users who have volunteered to ensure members know how to safely operate the lathe before they become approved users. Their next responsibility is to ensure the lathe is in a safe usable condition. Time permitting, they will advise users on how to make best use of the lathe. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far the owners are Roger Smith and Robert Copcutt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
THE LATHE CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY. ONLY APPROVED OPERATORS ARE PERMITTED TO USE IT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the required training to become an approved operator please contact one of the owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The owners will help users make the best use of the lathe but it must be emphasised that learning to take full advantage of all the capabilities of it takes months of practice. The owners have limited time so members will need to take responsibility for much of their own training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a book, &amp;quot;Myford series 7 manual&amp;quot;, by Ian Bradley available in the workshop (please do not remove it). We also have a Lathe safety manual from the CRC. These provide a comprehensive guide to using the Myford. If you want to use the lathe, or simple know what it can do, please have a look at these publications - in Makespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Maintenance =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lathe bed should be frequently brushed clean and re-oiled to minimize wear on the precision slides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three of the bearings have oil pots that need topping up occasionally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two drive belts need replacing if they get worn or damaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Peripheral tools and accessories ==&lt;br /&gt;
Photo-list of current [[Equipment/Lathe/Accessories|lathe accessories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Running the lathe will require many accessories, there is a suggested list here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mini-lathe.com/Mini_lathe/Accessories/accessories.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
List desired accessories below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* HSS tool blanks&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailstock chuck&lt;br /&gt;
* Vertical slide attachment (enables limited milling operations)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Lathe/Accessories</id>
		<title>Equipment/Lathe/Accessories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Lathe/Accessories"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:22:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: moved Lathe accessories to Equipment/Lathe/Accessories&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:ToolsAndHolders.JPG|thumb|left|400px| Cutting tools with dedicated quick change holders. Shown are left and right hand cutters, a parting off tool and a boring bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MG 8693.JPG|thumb|left|400px| Vertical slides to enable milling on the lathe]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MG 8696.JPG|thumb|left|400px| Faceplate, 4 jaw chuck and spare jaws for 3 jaw chuck (external jaws)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MG 8697.JPG|thumb|left|400px| Dog plate and fixed steady]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MG 8692.JPG|thumb|left|400px| Tailstock bar holder for cross drilling bar.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MG 8690.JPG|thumb|left|400px| Fly cutter, for milling surfaces flat]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MG 8684.JPG|thumb|left|400px| A selection of reamers]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Talk:Equipment/Lathe</id>
		<title>Talk:Equipment/Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Talk:Equipment/Lathe"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:21:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: historical notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Historical discussion on buying a new or used lathe =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Large used lathes sell for cheap. They have the capacity to work large pieces, and they may be of very high quality for the price. Transporting them is difficult: they can weigh (literally) a ton. Getting spares when they arrive incomplete, they break, or we want accessories could be very difficult. Making a decision as a group about what to buy could be very difficult -- the used market is a moving target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New lathes cost a lot, but there are entry level lathes of reasonable quality that would get us started. The downsides are a more limited capacity, and a less rigid machine. The small machines coming out of China dominate the small-lathe market, and buying one of these would make it easy to get spares and accessories from multiple sources. There is also an online community of hobbyists using them that we could draw upon. Chester, Machine-Mart, Axminster, and Arc Euro Trade all re-brand and sell very similar Chinese lathes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Desirable Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thread cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Variable speed&lt;br /&gt;
* Quick change tool post&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Concrete suggestions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following small lathes have the features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.chestermachinetools.com/products/detail/2 -- 332.50 ex. vat&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.chestermachinetools.com/products/detail/3 -- 415.83 ex. vat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joe says that these are rather small, and he knows, from experience, that they are easy to knock out of alignment. He recommends a bigger machine for beginners:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.warco.co.uk/metal-lathes-metalworking-lathe-machine/19-wm280v-f-variable-speed-lathe.html -- 1,575.00 inc. VAT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(MT) That looks like a very good lathe. There still could be a place for a smaller, less expensive lathe in addition to a big lathe. If the Chester one is not a good choice for this, what about something like:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.warco.co.uk/metal-lathes-metalworking-lathe-machine/15-wm-180-variable-speed-lathe.html - 725.00 inc vat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in the same spirit for a lower cost milling machine:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.warco.co.uk/milling-machines/36-major-milling-drilling-machine.html 1100.00 inc&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Lathe</id>
		<title>Equipment/Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Lathe"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:21:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: moving historical notes to talk page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Lathe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Myford.jpg|thumb|420px|right|Our Myford super 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Summary =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a Myford super 7 lathe kindly donated to us by Martin Levine. It is a quality machine in fair condition but it is capable of causing severe injury so it must only be used by those trained to operate it safely. The 'owners' are responsible for training new users and ensuring that it is maintained in a safe condition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Lathe_Gallery_20130407.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the lathe =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Myford is a metal turning lathe capable of machining circular cuts in material up to about 18cm (7 inches) in diameter and about 45cm (18&amp;quot;) long. We also have vertical slides so milling operations can be performed on material up to about 10cm (4&amp;quot;) cubed. The lathe is solidly built so with care micrometer level precision can be obtained. We now have a good selection of cutting tools and work handling apparatus so a wide range of different cutting operations can be performed on a wide range of materials. Some of the accessories are listed at [[http://wiki.makespace.org/Lathe_accessories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The workpiece is spun at high speed with great force. Clothing or hair caught in the workpiece will not slow the motor! Before starting take time to check there is nothing likely to be caught in the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chuck key left in the chuck when the motor is started could become a missile. Before starting the motor make sure the chuck, and anything mounted in it, will not hit anything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metal turnings have very sharp edges. Avoid touching them whenever possible and use the brush provided to clean up the swarf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve real safety operator attitude is key. Trying to achieve unrealistic goals in limited time is the prime cause of accidents. Please take the time to plan your work and gain sufficient knowledge to perform it safely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The owners are experienced users who have volunteered to ensure members know how to safely operate the lathe before they become approved users. Their next responsibility is to ensure the lathe is in a safe usable condition. Time permitting, they will advise users on how to make best use of the lathe. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far the owners are Roger Smith and Robert Copcutt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
THE LATHE CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY. ONLY APPROVED OPERATORS ARE PERMITTED TO USE IT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the required training to become an approved operator please contact one of the owners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The owners will help users make the best use of the lathe but it must be emphasised that learning to take full advantage of all the capabilities of it takes months of practice. The owners have limited time so members will need to take responsibility for much of their own training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a book, &amp;quot;Myford series 7 manual&amp;quot;, by Ian Bradley available in the workshop (please do not remove it). We also have a Lathe safety manual from the CRC. These provide a comprehensive guide to using the Myford. If you want to use the lathe, or simple know what it can do, please have a look at these publications - in Makespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Maintenance =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lathe bed should be frequently brushed clean and re-oiled to minimize wear on the precision slides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three of the bearings have oil pots that need topping up occasionally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two drive belts need replacing if they get worn or damaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Peripheral tools and accessories ==&lt;br /&gt;
Photo-list of current [[Lathe accessories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Running the lathe will require many accessories, there is a suggested list here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mini-lathe.com/Mini_lathe/Accessories/accessories.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
List desired accessories below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* HSS tool blanks&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailstock chuck&lt;br /&gt;
* Vertical slide attachment (enables limited milling operations)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router</id>
		<title>Equipment/CNC Router</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:19:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Owners */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / CNC Router&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WP_20130509_005.jpg|thumb|460px|right|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A CNC router is a computer controlled shaping machine. These are related to the hand held router. Instead of hand held routing, the tool paths can be controlled via computer numerical control. It is a computer-controlled machine for cutting various hard materials, such as wood, composites, aluminum, steel, plastics, and foams. It is one of many kinds of tools that have CNC variants. A CNC router is very similar in concept to a CNC milling machine.  The CNC router is controlled by a computer. Coordinates are uploaded into the machine controller from a separate CAD program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Capacity: 1200 x 1200 x 120mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Rate (X,Y):	 6000mm/min (Max) 5000mm/min (Working)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rate (Z):	 30mm/sec&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle Speed:	4500 to 24000rpm&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical Precision:	0.01mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle Power: 1.5KW Variable Speed, Water-cooled&lt;br /&gt;
* Blade Diameter: min 3.175mm, max 12.7mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Order Format: HPGL, G code, u00, mmg, plt &lt;br /&gt;
* Control System: DSP with USB connection &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some examples we've made on the Model Mill (please add a photo of yours any time you do a job!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:WP_20130509_004.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the CNC Router =&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Owners are those who have volunteered to be in charge of the equipment, organising maintenance, training others to use it, and generally being a point of contact. The current Owners of the CNC Router are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stephen Woolhead&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Abri&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Mellors&lt;br /&gt;
* Dave Ansell&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Stirley&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, problems or concerns around the Model Mill, please use the mailing list thread:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://groups.google.com/d/topic/cammakespace/rkchD7VqM2c/discussion Log : CNC Router]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE CNC ROUTER IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/CNC_Router/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the model mill and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Model Mill Owners. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Router/Training|CNC Router Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CNC Router is a potentially dangerous piece of equipment which must only be operated by members who have received appropriate training and who take due care. The top things to always remember when using the CNC Router are:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ONLY USE THE CNC ROUTER IF YOU ARE ON THE LIST OF TRAINED USERS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''NEVER LEAVE THE CNC ROUTER RUNNING UNATTENDED'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a trained user, you should be very aware of the following risks and how to deal with them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FIRE''' - Cutting with the wrong settings could result in the material igniting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TRAPPING''' - Stand clear of the machine while in motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUST''' - Ensure extraction system is working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOISE''' - Ensure that you wear the correct PPE when working with the machine for prolonged periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.makespace.org/File:MPC6610_CNC_Router_Manual_v1.0-En.pdf Router Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Feeds &amp;amp; Speeds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tips &amp;amp; Tricks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Maintenance =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maintenance of the CNC Routeris carried out by the Owners, with some basic maintenance being carried out by Users on every job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Schedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Log ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installed on 9th May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Shopping List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Cutters&lt;br /&gt;
* Sacrificial Bed (1.2m x 1.2m 12mm MDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further Information =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installed on 9th May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:WP_20130509_005.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
File:CNC_Router_controller_1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
File:CNC_Router_controller_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase ==&lt;br /&gt;
Full Purchase, Delivery and Installation (£?????)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.shopbottools.com/mProducts/prSstandard.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Talk:Equipment/CNC_Router</id>
		<title>Talk:Equipment/CNC Router</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Talk:Equipment/CNC_Router"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:18:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: historical notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Original Requirements Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CNC Controlled&lt;br /&gt;
* Minimum 4' x 4' cutting bed&lt;br /&gt;
** It was generally concluded whilst 8' x 4' would be attractive, it may have limits in terms of floor space and also materials storage and handling - storing and moving 8' x 4' sheets on to a flatbed machine is a pretty impractical task in a full workshop, and certainly not a 1 man job. &lt;br /&gt;
** We concluded we could store a lot of sheet material in 4' x 4' and 600 x 900 for the router and laser respectively (and for general use), making storage much more tractable and avoiding the need to cut down such large sheets.&lt;br /&gt;
* decent software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe a Vacuum bed&lt;br /&gt;
* Would make jobs quicker to setup (except vacuum beds sometimes require a custom 'mask' cutting to cover all the unused holes)&lt;br /&gt;
* avoids risk of hitting clamps/bolts&lt;br /&gt;
* Will be more expensive  (new mask needed for each job?)&lt;br /&gt;
* Unsure how &amp;quot;magical&amp;quot; a solution it is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shopbot&lt;br /&gt;
* The defacto FabLab CNC router&lt;br /&gt;
* Would be from the [[http://www.shopbottools.com/mProducts/prSstandard.htm PRS Standard Range]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Prices are roughly $11500 and $13000 for the 4x4 and 8x4 models&lt;br /&gt;
* Ship from US (no distributors), by air or sea, and import duties etc payable&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote from Shopbot: approx $15k/£10k + shipping/taxes for 4x4, 8x8 would be approx £2k more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Piranha&lt;br /&gt;
* Look like imports, sold by radecal &lt;br /&gt;
* Include internal vacuum bed&lt;br /&gt;
* Available in 4x4 and 4x8. 4x4 and 4x8 both listed as weighing 800kg.&lt;br /&gt;
* 4x8: http://www.radecalmachinesales.com/product.asp?cid=2&amp;amp;scid=&amp;amp;pid=18&lt;br /&gt;
* 4x4: http://www.radecalmachinesales.com/product.asp?cid=2&amp;amp;scid=&amp;amp;pid=70&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote from radecal: TBC (guessing about £13k and £18k)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HPC Laser CNC&lt;br /&gt;
* Not clear what is available or specs; assume it is china import again, but could be interesting to go with HPC given great service&lt;br /&gt;
* 1200x1200 looks like it might be: http://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/HPC-CNC-router-1200-x1200-engraver-CNC-Machine-sign-making-UK-stock-/150966295622&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Others&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Machine	&lt;br /&gt;
|URL	&lt;br /&gt;
|Price (UKP)	&lt;br /&gt;
|Size - X	&lt;br /&gt;
|Size - Y	&lt;br /&gt;
|Size - Z&lt;br /&gt;
|Weight&lt;br /&gt;
|Notes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heiz S400	&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.prototools.co.uk/shop/customer/product.php?productid=18501&amp;amp;cat=0 link]&lt;br /&gt;
|£1595	&lt;br /&gt;
|400	&lt;br /&gt;
|300	&lt;br /&gt;
|110&lt;br /&gt;
|31kg&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heiz S720	&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.prototools.co.uk/shop/customer/product.php?productid=18502&amp;amp;cat=0 link]	&lt;br /&gt;
|£1995	&lt;br /&gt;
|720	&lt;br /&gt;
|420	&lt;br /&gt;
|110&lt;br /&gt;
|41kg&lt;br /&gt;
|Videos - [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9SRSObYk_W0 Making PCB][http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TjPLXCr1g5E Machining metal][http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T3snGuqixEg Engraving in wood]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heiz S1000&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.prototools.co.uk/shop/customer/product.php?productid=18503&amp;amp;cat=521&amp;amp;page=1 link]	&lt;br /&gt;
|£2395	&lt;br /&gt;
|1000	&lt;br /&gt;
|600	&lt;br /&gt;
|110&lt;br /&gt;
|51kg&lt;br /&gt;
|£4012 including all options and VAT&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|HPCLaser RC6090&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.lasermachinemaker.com/5-2-advertising-cnc-router.html link]&lt;br /&gt;
|£3750+VAT&lt;br /&gt;
|600&lt;br /&gt;
|900&lt;br /&gt;
|65&lt;br /&gt;
|200kg&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 24000rpm, 30mm cutting thickness. From same supplier as Laser cutter. Upgraded spindle from one listed. Claimed accuracy of 10 micron.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Weight gives an indication of stiffness and quality for a given size of machine. Shopbots weight is not listed&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router</id>
		<title>Equipment/CNC Router</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/CNC_Router"/>
				<updated>2013-05-12T10:17:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: moving historical notes to talk page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / CNC Router&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WP_20130509_005.jpg|thumb|460px|right|CNC Router]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A CNC router is a computer controlled shaping machine. These are related to the hand held router. Instead of hand held routing, the tool paths can be controlled via computer numerical control. It is a computer-controlled machine for cutting various hard materials, such as wood, composites, aluminum, steel, plastics, and foams. It is one of many kinds of tools that have CNC variants. A CNC router is very similar in concept to a CNC milling machine.  The CNC router is controlled by a computer. Coordinates are uploaded into the machine controller from a separate CAD program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Capacity: 1200 x 1200 x 120mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Rate (X,Y):	 6000mm/min (Max) 5000mm/min (Working)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rate (Z):	 30mm/sec&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle Speed:	4500 to 24000rpm&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical Precision:	0.01mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle Power: 1.5KW Variable Speed, Water-cooled&lt;br /&gt;
* Blade Diameter: min 3.175mm, max 12.7mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Order Format: HPGL, G code, u00, mmg, plt &lt;br /&gt;
* Control System: DSP with USB connection &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some examples we've made on the Model Mill (please add a photo of yours any time you do a job!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:WP_20130509_004.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the CNC Router =&lt;br /&gt;
== Owners ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Owners are those who have volunteered to be in charge of the equipment, organising maintenance, training others to use it, and generally being a point of contact. The current Owners of the CNC Router are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stephen Woolhead&lt;br /&gt;
* Chris Abri&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Mellors&lt;br /&gt;
* Dave Ansell&lt;br /&gt;
* David Bebb&lt;br /&gt;
* Simon Sitrley&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, problems or concerns around the Model Mill, please use the mailing list thread:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://groups.google.com/d/topic/cammakespace/rkchD7VqM2c/discussion Log : CNC Router]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background:#FADADD; border:1px solid #FFC0CB; padding:5px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;YOU CAN ONLY USE THE CNC ROUTER IF YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and have been added to the [[Equipment/CNC_Router/Training#Trained_Users|Trained Users]] list by one of the Owners&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get trained on the model mill and be added to the qualified user list, you will need to arrange for a training session with one of the Model Mill Owners. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you'd like to arrange training, please see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/CNC_Router/Training|CNC Router Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CNC Router is a potentially dangerous piece of equipment which must only be operated by members who have received appropriate training and who take due care. The top things to always remember when using the CNC Router are:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ONLY USE THE CNC ROUTER IF YOU ARE ON THE LIST OF TRAINED USERS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''NEVER LEAVE THE CNC ROUTER RUNNING UNATTENDED'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a trained user, you should be very aware of the following risks and how to deal with them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FIRE''' - Cutting with the wrong settings could result in the material igniting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TRAPPING''' - Stand clear of the machine while in motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUST''' - Ensure extraction system is working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOISE''' - Ensure that you wear the correct PPE when working with the machine for prolonged periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.makespace.org/File:MPC6610_CNC_Router_Manual_v1.0-En.pdf Router Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Feeds &amp;amp; Speeds ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tips &amp;amp; Tricks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Maintenance =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maintenance of the CNC Routeris carried out by the Owners, with some basic maintenance being carried out by Users on every job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Schedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Log ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installed on 9th May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintenance Shopping List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Cutters&lt;br /&gt;
* Sacrificial Bed (1.2m x 1.2m 12mm MDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further Information =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installed on 9th May 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:WP_20130509_005.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
File:CNC_Router_controller_1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
File:CNC_Router_controller_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase ==&lt;br /&gt;
Full Purchase, Delivery and Installation (£?????)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.shopbottools.com/mProducts/prSstandard.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/User:ST</id>
		<title>User:ST</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/User:ST"/>
				<updated>2013-05-10T13:36:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Things I can do/help out with===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the [[Equipment/Vinyl_Cutter|Vinyl Cutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* programming: Python and Fortran(90+) mainly&lt;br /&gt;
* asking many curious questions :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Projects started:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a [http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1514 puzzle box]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equipment/Vinyl_Cutter|cutting]] stickers out of vinyl, such as kodamas and totoros&lt;br /&gt;
* laser-cutting [[File:Croc-small.jpg|crocodiles|50px]] and [http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:14544 other reptiles]&lt;br /&gt;
* the [[Infrastructure/Plants|plants]] in the entrance hallway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Things I want to do:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* learn how to do electronics&lt;br /&gt;
* silver/glass pendants&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench</id>
		<title>Equipment/Fine metalwork bench</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench"/>
				<updated>2013-05-08T15:20:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Avoiding Tool Damage */ bold&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Fine metalwork bench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fine_metalwork_bench.jpg|thumb|460px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Summary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bench and hand tools for fine non-ferrous metalwork, e.g. for silver jewelry-scale making.  We also have a [[Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill|Flexible Shaft Drill]] at the same bench. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the fine metalwork bench =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Owners==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:PeterS|Peter Sewell]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trained==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AH, HW, S.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Fine Metalwork Hand Tools and Silver Soldering]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch and gas canisters (standard lighter gas) should be kept in the flammable stock cupboard in the workshop when not in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch should only be refilled in the open air, as there can be gas leakage in the process.  It should only be used at the hot-working bench above the insulated sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pickle is a mild corrosive, and hot items should not be dropped directly into it or else there may be splashes that could cause eye damage.  The pickle should not be warmed except in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Avoiding Tool Damage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is vital to '''avoid contamination of the tools for fine metalworking''' (on silver, copper, or titanium) with particles of iron, steel, or lead, otherwise pieces can be ruined when they are soldered.  Accordingly, '''this bench and the fine metalworking tools must not be used on any materials except silver, copper, titanium, or gold''': especially not for steel, iron, or lead. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the tools have '''polished or machined surfaces that are easily damaged''', e.g. the planishing hammer, triblet, and bench block.  These must not be used for hitting anything other than silver, copper, or titanium (especially, do not use the planishing hammer for hitting a punch, and take great care when hammering something on the triblet or bench block not to let the hammer come in contact with those).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important '''not to contaminate one grade of abrasive with another''': particles of coarse abrasive on a fine polishing wheel can scratch a piece heavily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the fine metalworking tools must be put away in the right place (the correct drawer of the grey filing cabinet, as labelled) after use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consumables and Stock (to pay by use)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We keep a small amount of silver and copper stock for people to get started with  (copper behaves a lot like silver, so is good for practicing). &lt;br /&gt;
If you use any of the following, please (a) write in the&lt;br /&gt;
fine-metalworking stock book the thing and the amount you've used, your name, and the cost, and&lt;br /&gt;
(b) put the cost in the MakeSpace cashbox.  If we're close to running out, please let the owners know.  The prices below are designed to just break even, not make a profit.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to buy your own stock or tools, UK suppliers include Cookson [http://www.cooksongold.com/], Sutton Tools [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/] and HS Walsh [http://www.hswalsh.com].  It might well be worth clubbing together with other people to get volume discounts and share shipping.  Copper and brass sheet can also be found at &lt;br /&gt;
Mackay's in Cambridge [http://www.mackay.co.uk/Metals-Warehouse.html].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw blades: £0.30 each, per broken sawblade or if you want your own.&lt;br /&gt;
* Abrasive paper: £0.75 per sheet or £0.20 per quarter sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Small drills:  £1.00 per broken drill (the set of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm is around £14 + shipping)&lt;br /&gt;
* Copper sheet 24 SWG (0.56mm): £0.04 per square cm  &lt;br /&gt;
* Copper sheet 20 SWG (0.91mm): £0.05 per square cm&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Sheet 1.00mm: £1.00 per square cm (measuring the aligned bounding box) (cost is £46 for 75x75mm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Sheet 0.50mm: £0.50 per square cm (measuring the aligned bounding box) (cost is £25 for 75x75mm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 1.00mm: £0.10 per cm   (cost is £14.24 per 2m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 0.70mm: £0.05 per cm   (cost £3.52 per 1m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 0.50mm: £0.03 per cm   (cost £3.52 per 2m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Square Wire 1.00mm: £0.10 per cm   (cost £4.34 per 0.5m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Hook Wire (NVK 023X): £1.30 per pair&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Ear Pin, 11.1 X 0.8 (NVJ 102X): £0.10 each&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Scrolls 110:  £0.15 each&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Snake Chain 18&amp;quot;/45cm 1.2mm (VVO R12H): £5.50&lt;br /&gt;
* Silver 1.6mm Snake Chain 18&amp;quot;/45cm (VV3 80H): £6.00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Consumables==&lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61 per tube, but a tube lasts a long time) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075] &lt;br /&gt;
* polish and polishing wheels (buy your own if making substantial use of these)&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder (£6 for 150g)&lt;br /&gt;
* Diamond burrs (£4.80 for set of 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Workholding===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2*Bench Peg And Anvil (these clamp on to a bench edge, to support work) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Bench-Peg-And-Anvil-prcode-999-082]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_bench_peg.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Files and saws===&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 12 Needle Files, 16cm - All Cut2 (one has to avoid contaminating silver with iron, so we'll want separate files for ferrous metals in addition to this)&lt;br /&gt;
* Grobet/vallorbe Saw Frame Adjustable [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Grobetvallorbe-Saw-Frame-Adjustable-prcode-999-73B]&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot; Deep Adjustable Saw Frame [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/6-Deep-Adjustable-Saw-Frame-prcode-999-738]; &lt;br /&gt;
* Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 2/0, Bundle Of 12*12 (£30.82); Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 6/0, Bundle Of 12 (£3.70)  (those saw blades are consumables - they break easily)&lt;br /&gt;
* Straight 7&amp;quot;/17.5cm Shears (£12.54)  (for brutal cutting of sheet metal. It's usually preferable to use a saw instead, to leave a square edge without bending the metal)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_saws_and_files.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hammering===&lt;br /&gt;
* Flat Stake  (this is a small anvil with a machined-smooth surface on all sides) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Flat-Stake---10cm-X-10cm-prcode-999-795]&lt;br /&gt;
* Round triblet (for forming rings and suchlike) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Round-1640cm-Steel-Triblet-prcode-999-820]&lt;br /&gt;
* Planishing Hammer (a polished-surface hammer for surface finishing and work-hardening) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Planishing-Hammer-Cookson-Value-Range-prcode-997-3111]  (on back-order)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rawhide mallet [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Rawhide-Mallet-Size-2-1-Head-Diameter-prcode-999-603] (for hitting things without marking the surface)&lt;br /&gt;
* Generic ball-pean hammer (a non-polished hammer for hitting punches etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_hammers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pliers and tweezers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Cookson 5 Piece,115mm Pliers Set  (box-jointed with smooth jaws)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring Bending Pliers, Cookson Value Range&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.5&amp;quot;/ 140mm Maun Flat Pliers Parallel Action [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/5.5-140mm-Maun-Flat-Pliers-Parallel-Action-prcode-999-644]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tweezer set [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Workbench-Tweezer-Set-6-Pieces-prcode-999-096N] (brass and plastic tweezers for pickle, reverse and third-hand tweezers for soldering, fine tweezers for manipulating tiny things)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_pliers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soldering===&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand Torch [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Hand-Torch-Please-Note-Jewellers-Torch-Is-Supplied-Without-Gas-prcode-999-955] (for soldering or annealing small pieces, up to 10-20mm.  We also have a larger torch with the glassworking kit)&lt;br /&gt;
* Magnesia Soldering Block  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Magnesia-Soldering-Block-prcode-999-974]&lt;br /&gt;
* Soldering Sheet 300mm X 300mm X 9mm  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Soldering-Sheet-300mm-X-300mm-X-9mm-Asbestos--Substitute-prcode-999-969]&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder 150g  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Precious-Metal-Clay/Picklean-Safe-Pickling-Powder-150g-prcode-855-1060]&lt;br /&gt;
* crock pot for keeping pickle warm &lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075]  (consumable)  (this is great for small-scale work; for bigger things one wants strip solder and flux)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_soldering.jpg|300px]] [[Image:fine_metalwork_pickle_pot.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Marking out===&lt;br /&gt;
* 150mm Ruler * 3 [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-metric-stainless-rule-prod22753/]&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard Steel Scriber [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-basic-scriber-prod22757/]&lt;br /&gt;
* centre punch  [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-centre-punch-square-head-prod23024/]&lt;br /&gt;
* digital calipers [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-digital-electronic-calipers-prod20296/] &lt;br /&gt;
* 3&amp;quot; square [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/3-Steel-Square-prcode-999-583&amp;amp;p=gs?gclid=CJKfvby477UCFcLHtAodMHIAyg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_marking_out.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magnification===&lt;br /&gt;
* Optivisor 2.0x No5 (NB: this is *not* eye protection)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Fine_metalwork_optivisor.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flexible shaft drill tools===&lt;br /&gt;
* Polishing Kit No 2 [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Polishing-Kit-No-2-prcode-999-096E]&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm (£15.96)  (consumable) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Set-Of-20-Drills-0.3-1.6mm-prcode-999-CH5]&lt;br /&gt;
* diamond burrs (set of 30) (4.80) (consumable) [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-diamond-30-piece-burr-set-prod21887/?searchfor=diamond%20burrs]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:flexible_shaft_tools.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To do ==&lt;br /&gt;
* get one or two adjustable desk lamps, perhaps with magnifier&lt;br /&gt;
* get another file, either another 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe or a similar half-round &lt;br /&gt;
* get a joint cutter, either [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Special-Joint-Filing-Tool---Chenier-Cutter-prcode-999-597] £58 from cookson or a cheap one [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/hand-tools/joint-levelers-1/economy-joint-levelling-tool.html] £15 from Sutton Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
* get some dividers&lt;br /&gt;
* raise the bench somewhat and fix to the wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gallery =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do add pictures of anything made using the fine metalwork tools.  Here are some practice pieces from training (2013-05-12, AH, HW, S.):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:gallery1.jpg|300px]] [[Image:gallery2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How To =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Jeweller's Saws ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeweller's saws have a thin flexible blade held under tension by a saw frame. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blades come in different grades, from 4 (the coarsest) to 8/0 (the&lt;br /&gt;
finest).  In general one wants a coarse blade for cutting thick metal&lt;br /&gt;
and a fine blade for cutting thin metal, and for tight curves.  Fine&lt;br /&gt;
blades are also more fragile.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 2/0 is a normal (medium) blade, with thickness 0.26mm, width 0.52mm, and 22 teeth per cm.  The drill size for piercing is 0.55mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.5 to 1.0mm thick.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 6/0 is a rather fine blade, with thickness 0.18mm, width 0.35mm, and 32 teeth per cm. The drill size for piercing is 0.4mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.3mm to 0.5mm thick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saw frames have adjustable length.  To fit a blade, loosen the&lt;br /&gt;
knob that fixes the length and shorten the saw to be just shorter than&lt;br /&gt;
a blade.  Loosen the knobs at the ends that grip the blade, remove any&lt;br /&gt;
broken blade fragments (and throw them away properly), insert the&lt;br /&gt;
blade ends, and tighten the knobs (just finger-tight - you can strip&lt;br /&gt;
the threads if you use too much force).  The blade should be oriented&lt;br /&gt;
with the teeth pointing towards the handle - if you run your finger&lt;br /&gt;
(gently!) along the blade away from the handle, it should catch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
tension the frame so that the blade rings a little when plucked, and&lt;br /&gt;
tighten the associated knob - again, just finger-tight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the saw, first arrange the workpiece (with your cutting line&lt;br /&gt;
marked) so that it is supported very close (within a couple of mm) to&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, and so that you can hold it down firmly (so it doesn't&lt;br /&gt;
vibrate).  Usually you can put it on the edge or end of a bench peg.&lt;br /&gt;
Then arrange your chair so that your dominant hand and arm are in a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical plane, with your forearm perpendicular to the bench.  The saw&lt;br /&gt;
cuts away from you, and usually one controls the direction of cutting&lt;br /&gt;
by moving the workpiece rather than moving yourself.  Hold the saw&lt;br /&gt;
lightly with the blade vertical, and cut with an up-and-down motion.&lt;br /&gt;
To get a cut started, sometimes it's helpful to take a short stroke&lt;br /&gt;
upwards, keeping the blade in the right place with a finger next to it&lt;br /&gt;
or behind it.  Now cut!  Keep the saw vertical, and remember that it&lt;br /&gt;
cuts on the down-stroke. You shouldn't need to push very hard at all,&lt;br /&gt;
either down or forwards.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to cut around a sharp corner, remember to keep cutting,&lt;br /&gt;
otherwise the blade will break.  And don't twist the saw sideways in&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, otherwise the blade will break.  And if it jams, unjam it&lt;br /&gt;
gently, otherwise the blade will break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start a cut in the middle of a sheet, you need to drill a clearance&lt;br /&gt;
hold at least as big as the size above, depending which grade blade&lt;br /&gt;
you're using.  Then thread the blade through the piece when fitting&lt;br /&gt;
it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Jeweller's Files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are needle files (cut 2) and a 6&amp;quot;/150mm Vallorbe Flat File, also&lt;br /&gt;
Cut 2.  Files come in different finenesses; cut 2 is a medium&lt;br /&gt;
general-purpose grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember: files cut on the push stroke.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's often useful to put the flat file on the bench, hold it in place,&lt;br /&gt;
and move a workpiece along the file (the file cuts when the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
is moved towards the tang), especially when filing a straight or&lt;br /&gt;
gentle curve saw-cut smooth.  Because of this, it doesn't have a&lt;br /&gt;
handle - but that does mean that when filing free-hand, one must be&lt;br /&gt;
careful not to push the tang of the file into the palm of your hand,&lt;br /&gt;
if the file suddenly becomes stuck on something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filing the edge of a piece of sheet square will usually leave a tiny&lt;br /&gt;
burr of metal along each corner of the edge, which should be removed&lt;br /&gt;
with the file or with abrasive paper.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a rounded edge or corner, it's often best to first file off a&lt;br /&gt;
small flat at 45 degrees (so one can easily control the size of the&lt;br /&gt;
flat) and then smooth off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abrasive Papers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abrasive paper comes in grades from 200 (very coarse) through to 1500&lt;br /&gt;
(very fine).  To smooth a surface or edge, one usually wants to start&lt;br /&gt;
from (say) grade 600 and then work down through successively finer&lt;br /&gt;
grades.  It's usually good to cuts in a particular direction for one&lt;br /&gt;
grade, then at 90 degrees to that with the next grade until all the&lt;br /&gt;
scratches from the preceding grade are gone.  It's often useful to&lt;br /&gt;
support the abrasive paper on the bench, moving the workpiece against&lt;br /&gt;
it, or wrap it around a piece of wood or scrap metal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Soldering ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Making Jump Rings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Planishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Ring Mandrel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench</id>
		<title>Equipment/Fine metalwork bench</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.makespace.org/Equipment/Fine_metalwork_bench"/>
				<updated>2013-05-08T15:17:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ST: /* Magnification */ fixed image&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RedTool}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Equipment|Equipment]] / Fine metalwork bench&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fine_metalwork_bench.jpg|thumb|460px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Summary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a bench and hand tools for fine non-ferrous metalwork, e.g. for silver jewelry-scale making.  We also have a [[Equipment/Flexible_Shaft_Drill|Flexible Shaft Drill]] at the same bench. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''These are Category Red tools: induction is mandatory.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Using the fine metalwork bench =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Owners==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:PeterS|Peter Sewell]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trained==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AH, HW, S.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Health and Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal Risk Assessment: Fine Metalwork Hand Tools and Silver Soldering]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch and gas canisters (standard lighter gas) should be kept in the flammable stock cupboard in the workshop when not in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gas torch should only be refilled in the open air, as there can be gas leakage in the process.  It should only be used at the hot-working bench above the insulated sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pickle is a mild corrosive, and hot items should not be dropped directly into it or else there may be splashes that could cause eye damage.  The pickle should not be warmed except in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Avoiding Tool Damage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is vital to avoid contamination of the tools for fine metalworking (on silver, copper, or titanium) with particles of iron, steel, or lead, otherwise pieces can be ruined when they are soldered.  Accordingly, this bench and the fine metalworking tools must not be used on any materials except silver, copper, titanium, or gold: especially not for steel, iron, or lead. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the tools have polished or machined surfaces that are easily damaged, e.g. the planishing hammer, triblet, and bench block.  These must not be used for hitting anything other than silver, copper, or titanium (especially, do not use the planishing hammer for hitting a punch, and take great care when hammering something on the triblet or bench block not to let the hammer come in contact with those).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's important not to contaminate one grade of abrasive with another: particles of coarse abrasive on a fine polishing wheel can scratch a piece heavily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the fine metalworking tools must be put away in the right place (the correct drawer of the grey filing cabinet, as labelled) after use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consumables and Stock (to pay by use)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We keep a small amount of silver and copper stock for people to get started with  (copper behaves a lot like silver, so is good for practicing). &lt;br /&gt;
If you use any of the following, please (a) write in the&lt;br /&gt;
fine-metalworking stock book the thing and the amount you've used, your name, and the cost, and&lt;br /&gt;
(b) put the cost in the MakeSpace cashbox.  If we're close to running out, please let the owners know.  The prices below are designed to just break even, not make a profit.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to buy your own stock or tools, UK suppliers include Cookson [http://www.cooksongold.com/], Sutton Tools [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/] and HS Walsh [http://www.hswalsh.com].  It might well be worth clubbing together with other people to get volume discounts and share shipping.  Copper and brass sheet can also be found at &lt;br /&gt;
Mackay's in Cambridge [http://www.mackay.co.uk/Metals-Warehouse.html].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw blades: £0.30 each, per broken sawblade or if you want your own.&lt;br /&gt;
* Abrasive paper: £0.75 per sheet or £0.20 per quarter sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Small drills:  £1.00 per broken drill (the set of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm is around £14 + shipping)&lt;br /&gt;
* Copper sheet 24 SWG (0.56mm): £0.04 per square cm  &lt;br /&gt;
* Copper sheet 20 SWG (0.91mm): £0.05 per square cm&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Sheet 1.00mm: £1.00 per square cm (measuring the aligned bounding box) (cost is £46 for 75x75mm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Sheet 0.50mm: £0.50 per square cm (measuring the aligned bounding box) (cost is £25 for 75x75mm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 1.00mm: £0.10 per cm   (cost is £14.24 per 2m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 0.70mm: £0.05 per cm   (cost £3.52 per 1m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Wire 0.50mm: £0.03 per cm   (cost £3.52 per 2m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Square Wire 1.00mm: £0.10 per cm   (cost £4.34 per 0.5m)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Hook Wire (NVK 023X): £1.30 per pair&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Ear Pin, 11.1 X 0.8 (NVJ 102X): £0.10 each&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Scrolls 110:  £0.15 each&lt;br /&gt;
* Sterling Silver Round Snake Chain 18&amp;quot;/45cm 1.2mm (VVO R12H): £5.50&lt;br /&gt;
* Silver 1.6mm Snake Chain 18&amp;quot;/45cm (VV3 80H): £6.00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Consumables==&lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61 per tube, but a tube lasts a long time) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075] &lt;br /&gt;
* polish and polishing wheels (buy your own if making substantial use of these)&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder (£6 for 150g)&lt;br /&gt;
* Diamond burrs (£4.80 for set of 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Workholding===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2*Bench Peg And Anvil (these clamp on to a bench edge, to support work) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Bench-Peg-And-Anvil-prcode-999-082]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_bench_peg.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Files and saws===&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 12 Needle Files, 16cm - All Cut2 (one has to avoid contaminating silver with iron, so we'll want separate files for ferrous metals in addition to this)&lt;br /&gt;
* Grobet/vallorbe Saw Frame Adjustable [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Grobetvallorbe-Saw-Frame-Adjustable-prcode-999-73B]&lt;br /&gt;
* 6&amp;quot; Deep Adjustable Saw Frame [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/6-Deep-Adjustable-Saw-Frame-prcode-999-738]; &lt;br /&gt;
* Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 2/0, Bundle Of 12*12 (£30.82); Vallorbe Saw Blades Grade 6/0, Bundle Of 12 (£3.70)  (those saw blades are consumables - they break easily)&lt;br /&gt;
* Straight 7&amp;quot;/17.5cm Shears (£12.54)  (for brutal cutting of sheet metal. It's usually preferable to use a saw instead, to leave a square edge without bending the metal)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_saws_and_files.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hammering===&lt;br /&gt;
* Flat Stake  (this is a small anvil with a machined-smooth surface on all sides) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Flat-Stake---10cm-X-10cm-prcode-999-795]&lt;br /&gt;
* Round triblet (for forming rings and suchlike) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Round-1640cm-Steel-Triblet-prcode-999-820]&lt;br /&gt;
* Planishing Hammer (a polished-surface hammer for surface finishing and work-hardening) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Planishing-Hammer-Cookson-Value-Range-prcode-997-3111]  (on back-order)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rawhide mallet [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Rawhide-Mallet-Size-2-1-Head-Diameter-prcode-999-603] (for hitting things without marking the surface)&lt;br /&gt;
* Generic ball-pean hammer (a non-polished hammer for hitting punches etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_hammers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pliers and tweezers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Cookson 5 Piece,115mm Pliers Set  (box-jointed with smooth jaws)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring Bending Pliers, Cookson Value Range&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.5&amp;quot;/ 140mm Maun Flat Pliers Parallel Action [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/5.5-140mm-Maun-Flat-Pliers-Parallel-Action-prcode-999-644]&lt;br /&gt;
* Tweezer set [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Workbench-Tweezer-Set-6-Pieces-prcode-999-096N] (brass and plastic tweezers for pickle, reverse and third-hand tweezers for soldering, fine tweezers for manipulating tiny things)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_pliers.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soldering===&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand Torch [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Hand-Torch-Please-Note-Jewellers-Torch-Is-Supplied-Without-Gas-prcode-999-955] (for soldering or annealing small pieces, up to 10-20mm.  We also have a larger torch with the glassworking kit)&lt;br /&gt;
* Magnesia Soldering Block  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Magnesia-Soldering-Block-prcode-999-974]&lt;br /&gt;
* Soldering Sheet 300mm X 300mm X 9mm  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Soldering-Sheet-300mm-X-300mm-X-9mm-Asbestos--Substitute-prcode-999-969]&lt;br /&gt;
* Picklean Safe Pickling Powder 150g  [http://www.cooksongold.com/Precious-Metal-Clay/Picklean-Safe-Pickling-Powder-150g-prcode-855-1060]&lt;br /&gt;
* crock pot for keeping pickle warm &lt;br /&gt;
* hard silver solder paste (£33.61) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Solders/Hard-Silver-Solder-Paste-30g-Syringe-prcode-PAT-075]  (consumable)  (this is great for small-scale work; for bigger things one wants strip solder and flux)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_soldering.jpg|300px]] [[Image:fine_metalwork_pickle_pot.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Marking out===&lt;br /&gt;
* 150mm Ruler * 3 [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-metric-stainless-rule-prod22753/]&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard Steel Scriber [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-basic-scriber-prod22757/]&lt;br /&gt;
* centre punch  [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-centre-punch-square-head-prod23024/]&lt;br /&gt;
* digital calipers [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-axminster-digital-electronic-calipers-prod20296/] &lt;br /&gt;
* 3&amp;quot; square [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/3-Steel-Square-prcode-999-583&amp;amp;p=gs?gclid=CJKfvby477UCFcLHtAodMHIAyg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:fine_metalwork_marking_out.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magnification===&lt;br /&gt;
* Optivisor 2.0x No5 (NB: this is *not* eye protection)&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Fine_metalwork_optivisor.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flexible shaft drill tools===&lt;br /&gt;
* Polishing Kit No 2 [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Polishing-Kit-No-2-prcode-999-096E]&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Of 20 Drills 0.3-1.6mm (£15.96)  (consumable) [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Set-Of-20-Drills-0.3-1.6mm-prcode-999-CH5]&lt;br /&gt;
* diamond burrs (set of 30) (4.80) (consumable) [http://www.axminster.co.uk/axminster-diamond-30-piece-burr-set-prod21887/?searchfor=diamond%20burrs]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:flexible_shaft_tools.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To do ==&lt;br /&gt;
* get one or two adjustable desk lamps, perhaps with magnifier&lt;br /&gt;
* get another file, either another 6&amp;quot;/150mm Flat File, Cut 2 Vallorbe or a similar half-round &lt;br /&gt;
* get a joint cutter, either [http://www.cooksongold.com/Jewellery-Tools/Special-Joint-Filing-Tool---Chenier-Cutter-prcode-999-597] £58 from cookson or a cheap one [http://www.suttontools.co.uk/hand-tools/joint-levelers-1/economy-joint-levelling-tool.html] £15 from Sutton Tools.&lt;br /&gt;
* get some dividers&lt;br /&gt;
* raise the bench somewhat and fix to the wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Gallery =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do add pictures of anything made using the fine metalwork tools.  Here are some practice pieces from training (2013-05-12, AH, HW, S.):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:gallery1.jpg|300px]] [[Image:gallery2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How To =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Jeweller's Saws ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeweller's saws have a thin flexible blade held under tension by a saw frame. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blades come in different grades, from 4 (the coarsest) to 8/0 (the&lt;br /&gt;
finest).  In general one wants a coarse blade for cutting thick metal&lt;br /&gt;
and a fine blade for cutting thin metal, and for tight curves.  Fine&lt;br /&gt;
blades are also more fragile.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 2/0 is a normal (medium) blade, with thickness 0.26mm, width 0.52mm, and 22 teeth per cm.  The drill size for piercing is 0.55mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.5 to 1.0mm thick.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Grade 6/0 is a rather fine blade, with thickness 0.18mm, width 0.35mm, and 32 teeth per cm. The drill size for piercing is 0.4mm.  These are ok for cutting metal from 0.3mm to 0.5mm thick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saw frames have adjustable length.  To fit a blade, loosen the&lt;br /&gt;
knob that fixes the length and shorten the saw to be just shorter than&lt;br /&gt;
a blade.  Loosen the knobs at the ends that grip the blade, remove any&lt;br /&gt;
broken blade fragments (and throw them away properly), insert the&lt;br /&gt;
blade ends, and tighten the knobs (just finger-tight - you can strip&lt;br /&gt;
the threads if you use too much force).  The blade should be oriented&lt;br /&gt;
with the teeth pointing towards the handle - if you run your finger&lt;br /&gt;
(gently!) along the blade away from the handle, it should catch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
tension the frame so that the blade rings a little when plucked, and&lt;br /&gt;
tighten the associated knob - again, just finger-tight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the saw, first arrange the workpiece (with your cutting line&lt;br /&gt;
marked) so that it is supported very close (within a couple of mm) to&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, and so that you can hold it down firmly (so it doesn't&lt;br /&gt;
vibrate).  Usually you can put it on the edge or end of a bench peg.&lt;br /&gt;
Then arrange your chair so that your dominant hand and arm are in a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical plane, with your forearm perpendicular to the bench.  The saw&lt;br /&gt;
cuts away from you, and usually one controls the direction of cutting&lt;br /&gt;
by moving the workpiece rather than moving yourself.  Hold the saw&lt;br /&gt;
lightly with the blade vertical, and cut with an up-and-down motion.&lt;br /&gt;
To get a cut started, sometimes it's helpful to take a short stroke&lt;br /&gt;
upwards, keeping the blade in the right place with a finger next to it&lt;br /&gt;
or behind it.  Now cut!  Keep the saw vertical, and remember that it&lt;br /&gt;
cuts on the down-stroke. You shouldn't need to push very hard at all,&lt;br /&gt;
either down or forwards.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to cut around a sharp corner, remember to keep cutting,&lt;br /&gt;
otherwise the blade will break.  And don't twist the saw sideways in&lt;br /&gt;
the cut, otherwise the blade will break.  And if it jams, unjam it&lt;br /&gt;
gently, otherwise the blade will break.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start a cut in the middle of a sheet, you need to drill a clearance&lt;br /&gt;
hold at least as big as the size above, depending which grade blade&lt;br /&gt;
you're using.  Then thread the blade through the piece when fitting&lt;br /&gt;
it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Jeweller's Files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are needle files (cut 2) and a 6&amp;quot;/150mm Vallorbe Flat File, also&lt;br /&gt;
Cut 2.  Files come in different finenesses; cut 2 is a medium&lt;br /&gt;
general-purpose grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember: files cut on the push stroke.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's often useful to put the flat file on the bench, hold it in place,&lt;br /&gt;
and move a workpiece along the file (the file cuts when the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
is moved towards the tang), especially when filing a straight or&lt;br /&gt;
gentle curve saw-cut smooth.  Because of this, it doesn't have a&lt;br /&gt;
handle - but that does mean that when filing free-hand, one must be&lt;br /&gt;
careful not to push the tang of the file into the palm of your hand,&lt;br /&gt;
if the file suddenly becomes stuck on something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filing the edge of a piece of sheet square will usually leave a tiny&lt;br /&gt;
burr of metal along each corner of the edge, which should be removed&lt;br /&gt;
with the file or with abrasive paper.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a rounded edge or corner, it's often best to first file off a&lt;br /&gt;
small flat at 45 degrees (so one can easily control the size of the&lt;br /&gt;
flat) and then smooth off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abrasive Papers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should only be used on silver, copper, or titanium, *not on&lt;br /&gt;
steel, iron, lead, or aluminium*, otherwise silver pieces may be&lt;br /&gt;
permanently damaged by contamination when they are soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abrasive paper comes in grades from 200 (very coarse) through to 1500&lt;br /&gt;
(very fine).  To smooth a surface or edge, one usually wants to start&lt;br /&gt;
from (say) grade 600 and then work down through successively finer&lt;br /&gt;
grades.  It's usually good to cuts in a particular direction for one&lt;br /&gt;
grade, then at 90 degrees to that with the next grade until all the&lt;br /&gt;
scratches from the preceding grade are gone.  It's often useful to&lt;br /&gt;
support the abrasive paper on the bench, moving the workpiece against&lt;br /&gt;
it, or wrap it around a piece of wood or scrap metal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Soldering ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Making Jump Rings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Planishing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Ring Mandrel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ST</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>